Correct word use in english

By
Last updated:

January 27, 2022

13 Words in English You’re Probably Misusing… and How to Fix Them!

You think you know how to use the word “good,” right?

It was probably one of the first words you learned in English.

If you are like most people, you probably assume this is a simple, straightforward word. Easy.

But think again.

“Good” is actually a very commonly misused word, among not only English learners, but also native English speakers.

How can that be?

Well, English is a tricky language, as you probably already know. There are so many pitfalls in grammar and spelling that even seemingly easy words like “good” can cause mix-ups.

Of course, making mistakes is unavoidable when you first learn a language, and ultimately, noticing your mistakes helps you improve your skills. Learning from your mishaps is a winning mindset.

But there are just some words out there that cause more mistakes than others. In this post, we will help you notice some of the words you might be using wrong and show you how to fix them.

Including the word “good.”


Download:
This blog post is available as a convenient and portable PDF that you
can take anywhere.
Click here to get a copy. (Download)

Unfortunately for language learners, it is very easy to misuse words in English. Here are some of the most common mistakes to look for as you are learning and using English vocabulary:

  • Misunderstanding a word’s meaning. Most misused words fall into this category. Speakers think a word means one thing, but it means something different.

This mishap often occurs with words that sound like other words—for example, some people use “adverse” when they mean “averse,” as you will see later in this post.

  • Mistaking plural nouns for singular nouns. Some irregular plural nouns do not end with “s,” which makes them look like they are in the singular form. Consequently, some English learners use them with singular verbs (e.g. “is” instead of “are”).

For instance, you should say “the criteria are high,” but you will often hear people say “the criteria is high.” For future reference, you should use “criterion” (the singular form of the noun) in the second sentence.

  • Confusing different types of words that have the same spellings. Some nouns and verbs share the same spelling but have entirely different meanings. For example, the word “object” as a verb means “to disagree; express disapproval; protest.” The word “object” as a noun, however, refers to an item or a thing.

Incorrect: I objected when she took my phone without asking. But she did not listen to my object and took it again the next day.

Correct: I objected when she took my phone without asking. But she did not listen to my objection and took it again the next day.

  • Swapping an adjective for an adverb, or vice versa. Adjectives and adverbs can have similar meanings, but are used in different grammatical constructions. For instance, you could say “I ran quickly,” but not “I ran quick,” because “quick” is an adjective and cannot be used to modify a verb (adjectives modify nouns).

The most famous example of this mishap is mixing up the words “well” and “good.” “Well” is an adverb, so it describes a verb. “Good,” however, is an adjective, which accompanies a noun. It is quite common to hear people say “I feel good today,” although the correct usage would be “I feel well today.”

How to Notice and Fix Misused Words

Hopefully you are now more aware of common English vocabulary and grammar mix-ups.

However, it does not guarantee that you will always use the correct word in the correct way. That is because English, like any language, is always changing. Generation after generation, words can change their meanings, or new words and phrases (such as “emoji” or “post-truth”) might appear. And remember, even native speakers make mistakes—and sometimes those mistakes eventually become accepted as correct!

It can all be quite overwhelming for English learners. The key is to be aware of grammar rules and common mistakes, but also to keep up to date with English as it is used today. The following tips will help you stay on track:

  • Be critical on the internet. English is the common language of the web. There are countless conversations among non-native English speakers of all levels, and misused words are not rare. You can find everything on the internet, from misspelled words to poor grammar construction to out-of-place idioms.

Plus, because anyone can post (publish) their ideas online, the quality of writing across the internet varies a great deal. Just because something is there does not mean it is correct. Always be critical when you read and converse in online forums! Which brings us to our next point…

  • Keep a good dictionary nearby. When in doubt, look up words in a decent dictionary. A reference book from a publisher such as Oxford, Cambridge, Macmillan or Merriam-Webster is a good anchor when you are sailing in the sea of online social interactions.

You do not have to carry a big and heavy dictionary around all the time; check out these awesome dictionary apps for easy access anytime, anywhere.

  • Learn from a credible source. Pay attention to how words are used in high-quality books, essays and articles. For news and reports, you can use the The New Yorker, The Washington Post or The Guardian.

These are publications with dedicated editors that you can rely on for formal and correct English (though there are occasional mistakes, of course!). There is a lot more out there! Here are some more great reading resources.

  • Use spelling and grammar check tools when writing. Everyone has their blind spots. Maybe there are words whose meanings you just cannot get quite right. Or maybe there are word pairs you keep mixing up. It is hard to spot these issues yourself, but you do not always have to.

When you write using Microsoft Word or other word processing programs, turn on the spelling and grammar check feature at all times. If a mistake happens a few times, that could be one of your blind spots. You need to remind yourself to be conscientious the next time you use that word in speaking or writing.

Remember that spell check is not always perfect. Use it primarily as a tool to help you be aware of your own potential pitfalls (difficulties; obstacles).

  • Make a personal list of misused words. Say you spot a few misused words after two weeks of using the grammar checker on your word processing application. That is a great start! Write them down to start a personal list of words you need to be careful not to use incorrectly. Do the same thing with words that you have doubts about when reading. Keep the list going as you improve your English.

If you do not notice these words and actively try to correct them, you will not overcome them!

Commonly Misused Words in English: Why You Are Saying Them Wrong and How to Change

1. Adverse

Correct usage: to mean “unfavorable” or “hostile.”

How it is commonly misused: mistaken for “averse,” which means “having a dislike of something” or “having an opposition to something.”

Many drugs have adverse side effects; therefore, some people are averse to taking drugs when they have minor symptoms.

2. Compelled

Correct usage: to mean “to be forced to do something.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “to willingly do something.”

He was compelled to apologize after stealing his brother’s toys; his parents said he would be punished if he did not.

3. Data

Correct usage: as a plural noun, taking a plural verb and plural modifiers (e.g. “many,” “a few,” “these”). The singular form is “datum.”

How it is commonly misused: as a singular mass noun. (However, note that this is a common usage of the word, even among native English speakers, and is acceptable in everyday conversation.)

You cannot draw a conclusion from one single datum when many of the other data indicate the opposite.

4. Effect (vs. Affect)

Correct usage: to mean “impact” or “result” as a noun.

How it is commonly misused: to mean “to influence” as a verb (the correct verb is “affect”).

Jack London’s fiction had a big effect on my writing style. His books affect the way I approach a topic, especially if it has a nature theme.

5. Hone (vs. Home In)

Correct usage: to mean “sharpen.”

How it is commonly misused: mistaken for “home in,” which means “to target or aim” or “to move towards a goal.”

As she hones her writing skills, she wishes to home in on a successful career as a copywriter.

6. Complementary

Correct usage: to mean “completing; filling or matching with something else.”

How it is commonly misused: mistaken for “complimentary,” an adjective that can mean “flattering; praise-worthy” or “free; no cost.”

She got a sun hat as a complimentary gift from the beach resort. Her outfit now has several complementary accessories.

7. Practice

Correct usage: to mean “the work or business of a professional (such as a doctor or a lawyer)” as a noun, and “to perform an activity regularly” as a verb.

How it is commonly misused: mixed up with “practise,” which is used outside the U.S. “Practise” is the British spelling of the verb “practice” (in American English) and should never be used as a noun.

As if having a law practice is not busy enough, he practices speaking Mandarin every day.

8. Travesty

Correct usage: to mean “a grotesque parody; a distortion or a complete misrepresentation.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “a tragedy.”

Much of the hatred in the world comes from the travesty of the true purpose of religions, created to benefit the ruling class. 

9. Simplistic

Correct usage: to mean “naive; facile; oversimplified.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “simple; not complicated” or even “pleasingly simple.”

His simplistic answer suggested that he did not study the material thoroughly, even though it covered a very simple topic.

10. Verbal

Correct usage: to mean “having to do with words, either written or spoken.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “spoken; oral.”

In the game, you are only allowed to use visual cues, not verbal ones.

11. All together

Correct usage: to mean “all in one place.”

How it is commonly misused: mistaken for “altogether,” which means “completely.”

It is great to be all together as a family during the holidays. We are going to have an altogether amazing time.

12. Borne

Correct usage: to mean “carried.” This is the past participle of the verb “to bear.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “having started life” (as in “born”).

The loss of her childhood dog is one of the great sorrows she has borne

13. Disinterested

Correct usage: to mean “unbiased.”

How it is commonly misused: to mean “uninterested” (“not interested”).

The people on the jury need to be disinterested in order to ensure justice.

Keep an eye out for those misused words in your writing and reading, and you will be on the path to clear and correct English in no time!


Download:
This blog post is available as a convenient and portable PDF that you
can take anywhere.
Click here to get a copy. (Download)

Word usage errors in research papers written by non-native speakers of English are more common than other mistakes and are only topped by errors in style. Since the main purpose of academic writing is to clearly convey information, knowing how to use words correctly and effectively is absolutely crucial. 

Some problems with word choice stem from the fact that the English language contains pairs or sets of words that sound alike (homophones) and/or look alike (homonyms) but have different meanings. Additionally, there are words that sound and look different but have similar meanings. Other mistakes occur when ESL authors think in their mother language while writing and try to translate entire expressions into English. And sometimes, the wrong word is actually the right word spelled incorrectly. Here, we list examples of typical errors in word usage that we frequently come across in academic texts written by ESL authors and provide tips on how to avoid them.

Table of Contents:

  1. Words with Similar Sounds but Different Meanings
  2. Words with Similar Meanings but Different Connotations
  3. Using the Correct Word Stem with the Wrong Prefix or Suffix 
  4. Translation Errors and Collocations
  5. Spelling Mistakes That Can Change Your Meaning

Words with Similar Sounds but Different Meanings

Confusing similar words that have different meanings is one of the most common errors in word choice, and one that happens to native speakers as well. In spoken English, many of these might not be very obvious or just sound like a slip of the tongue. However, when writing any kind of academic text, you should check for such mistakes to make sure the reader clearly understands what you are trying to convey.

1. Affect vs effect / affective versus effective

Affect as a noun describes the strong experience of feelings or emotions, while the verb to affect means to impact. The noun effect, in contrast, is the result of something, and the verb to effect means to cause something to happen or to bring about a certain result. In brief, if something affects something else, it leads to a certain effect

NO  Sleep deprivation clearly effected the patients’ overall well-being.

YES  Sleep deprivation clearly affected the patients’ overall well-being.

NO   The affect of exercise on depression is not clearly understood.

YES  The effect of exercise on depression is not clearly understood.

2. Then vs than

Than is a conjunction/preposition that is used for comparison, while then is an adverb that means at that time or subsequently.

YES   The effect of exercise on depression is less obvious than that of medication.

YES  Patients were debriefed, and then asked to fill in a questionnaire. 

NO   The effect of exercise on depression is less obvious then that of medication

3. Principal vs principle

Principal as an adjective means the main or the most important, while as a noun, it means head of a school. A principle, on the other hand, is a general theorem or law or a system’s underlying foundation.

NO   Our approach is based on the scientific principals of behavioral analysis.

YES   Our approach is based on the scientific principles of behavioral analysis.

YES  The principal idea of our approach is that early socialization affects behavior.

4. Advice vs advise

Since to advise means to give advice, the main difference between the two is that one is a noun and one is a verb. You therefore don’t have to worry about meaning when using these two, but only about correct grammar.

NO   Patients should be adviced against smoking after cancer treatment

YES   Patients should be advised against smoking after cancer treatment.

YES  Our advice to patients after cancer treatment is to stop smoking.

5. Accept vs except

Accept and except sound almost identical but mean very different things – accept means to consent or to receive, while the verb and the preposition (to) except both mean to not include

NO   Subjects were called back after 2 weeks, accept for those who had dropped out.

YES   Subjects were called back after 2 weeks, except for those who had dropped out.

YES  Smoking is widely accepted as a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease 

6. Alternate vs alternative

An alternative is an additional or different option or choice, while alternating refers to the action of switching between choices, states or actions

NO   TMS has emerged as an alternate treatment option for anxiety.

YES   TMS has emerged as an alternative treatment option for anxiety.

YES  We explored the role of alternate care sites in responsiveness to COVID-19 

8. Adapt vs adopt

To adopt is to take something and make it your own, while to adapt means changing an existing idea or approach so that it suits your needs. These words often seem to be used interchangeably, but because they sound so similar, you have to make sure you are using the correct one that conveys your intended meaning.

YES   Many recent studies have adopted a similar cross-sectional design.

YES  We adapted the usual clinical design to better reflect patient characteristics.

9. Access vs assess

To access means to enter or approach or take hold of something, while to assess means to evaluate, determine, or judge.

NO   The aim of this study was to access the clinical outcomes of the seton procedure.

YES   The aim of this study was to assess the clinical outcomes of the seton procedure.

YES  Author KA was granted access to patient data by the hospital ethics committee.

common word choice errors, scrabble tiles
Word choice errors are the most common writing issues after incorrect articles and punctuation mistakes.

Words with Similar Meanings but Different Connotations

1. Infer vs Imply

Implying means to suggest something while not directly showing or saying it. Inferring, on the other hand, means that you come to a conclusion, based on clear evidence, on your own assumptions, or on what your data or someone else imply.

YES   These findings imply that neuropeptides play a role in feeding behavior.

YES  Intuitive responders infer that everybody responds as they do

2. Among vs Between

Many authors, native as well as non-native speakers of English, seem to be confused about how to use among and between correctly. The problem is that there are essentially two rules on how to use these two, one that is well-known but in essence an oversimplification and one that is lesser known but explains the difference more precisely. Rule 1 says that you use between for comparisons between two things and among when you refer to groups or sets of more than two elements

While you will very often choose the correct word when you follow this rule, this approach can lead to “overcorrections” that sound awkward. That’s where Rule 2 comes into play, which states that you can use between for any number of elements, as long as all the elements are separate and distinct. You can choose between eggs and cereals or between eggs, cereals, and toast for breakfast. Among is used for people or things that are not distinct and viewed as a group rather than as individual elements. Negotiations between Italy and Denmark (a comparison of two distinct countries) or among the EU member states (seen as a group) can fail. You share secrets between friends (from person to person) but you feel comfortable with or among your friends. 

YES   MoO3 showed the best performance among the investigated HDO catalysts.

YES  There was no behavioral difference between the test and the control group.

3. Amount vs Number

These words might seem similar in meaning, but their correct usage is related to the concept of countable and uncountable nouns in English. Number can only be used with countable nouns, while amount is used with uncountable nouns. 

NO  The number of literatures included in this meta-analysis is enormous.

YES   The amount of literature included in this meta-analysis is enormous.

YES  The number of earlier studies on this topic is low.

Using the Correct Word Stem with the Wrong Prefix or Suffix

Additions to the beginning (prefixes) or end (suffixes) of root words can change a word from an adjective (e.g., happy) into a noun (happiness), or an adverb (happily), into its opposite (unhappy), or affect the tense of a verb. The problem with prefixes and suffixes is that they cannot be used with every word and that they do not always have the same effect. You therefore need to make sure you don’t create words that do not exist or change your intended meaning by adding the wrong prefix or suffix.

NO  Changes were determinated using a computer-controlled spectrophotometer.

YES Changes were determined using a computer-controlled spectrophotometer.

NO   Protein instableness is a common issue in protein pharmaceuticals.

YES Protein instability is a common issue in protein pharmaceuticals.

NO   We assessed sources of diagnostic inaccurateness of cardiac markers.

YES We assessed sources of diagnostic inaccuracy of cardiac markers.

Translation Errors and Collocations

Thinking in your native language and translating phrases literally into English because they sound “natural” is one of the most common reasons for incorrect or awkward expressions in English texts written by non-native authors. While understanding and correcting such mistakes might seem more difficult than grasping the difference between two similar verbs, there are ways for you to avoid such errors.

 For example, you can check your wording with Google Scholar or the Merriam-Webster online dictionary, and self-editing your text with the help of our lists of common expressions in research papers or the most useful verbs for the different parts of a paper will make your writing much stronger. And while you are at it, you are also well-advised (not “adviced”) to check your use of prepositions, another common source of mistakes in English writing. If you are not even sure what kind of expressions you might need to check, the following list of commonly mistranslated/misused expressions can give you an idea. 

NO   Patients underwent dizziness and worsening symptoms.

YES Patients experienced dizziness and reported worsening symptoms. 

YES   Patients presented with dizziness and showed worsening symptoms over time. 

NO   Patients underwent a questionnaire after the experiment.

YES   Patients filled in a questionnaire after the experiment. 

NO   Patients succeeded complete remission.

YES   Patients achieved complete remission. 

NO   The difference between groups was obtained with one-way ANOVA.

YES   The difference between groups was assessed with one-way ANOVA.

Make sure who does or shows or undergoes something and that the subjects and verbs of your sentences always correspond to each other.

NO   Patients performed liver biopsy.

YES   Patients underwent liver biopsy. 

YES  Two experienced surgeons performed liver biopsy. 

You also need to pay attention to the difference between people and things, because some verbs only go with one or the other.

NO   The study was not able to analyze age differences, due to its design.

YES   We were not able to analyze age differences, due to the design of our study.

NO   PET alone was not able to diagnose our patients.

YES   We were not able to diagnose our patients using PET alone.

Spelling Mistakes That Change Your Meaning

Some mistakes simply stem from phonemic differences between English and other languages. For example, native speakers of languages that do not clearly distinguish between “r” and “l” might misspell words in English without noticing. This is no problem when you make a real spelling mistake and your spellchecker catches it. But sometimes, the incorrect spelling results in a correct word that a spell checker will not flag. Such mistakes can only be avoided by careful proofreading.

NO   Collect doses were determined by a series of tests.

YES  Correct doses were determined by a series of tests.

NO   We did not arrow participants to leave the room between sessions.

YES  We did not allow participants to leave the room between sessions.

Before submitting your academic document to journals, be sure to receive professional editing services, including paper editing services, to fix any remaining language and style issues. And to correct your writing errors in real-time, try our ai online editor, Wordvice AI.

Avoid mistakes using the correct worder

1. Sentences

correct word order incorrect word order tip
I was shopping in Leipzig. I was in Leipzig shopping. 1
He played football yesterday. He played yesterday football . 2
Yesterday he played football.
Dan rode his bike carefully. Dan rode carefully his bike. 3
He often reads books. He reads often books. 4a
He Is always late. He always is late. 4b
tip Be careful! detailed explanation
1 main verb before place Word order: subject-verb-object-place-time
2 place before expression of time Word order: subject-verb-object-place-time
3 object before adverb of manner Position of adverbs
4a adverb of frequency before main verb Position of adverbs of frequency
4b adverb of frequency after form of to be Position of adverbs of frequency

2. Questions

correct word order incorrect word order tip
Do you play football or handball? Play you football or handball? 5
When did you see Peggy yesterday? When did you yesterday see Peggy? 6
tip Be careful! detailed explanation
5 Start the question with the auxiliary do. Questions in the Simple Present
6 Put the expression of time (yesterday) at the end of the question. Questions in the Simple Past

The standard order of words in an English sentence is subject + verb + object. While this sounds simple, there are far more complicated sentences where placing the words in the right order may turn out quite challenging. 

Here we have prepared three types of interactive exercises created on Learning Apps and suitable for the Intermediate level.

Task 1. Choose the correct word order of the sentences

This exercise presents two options of sentences in which one sentence has the correct word order while the other does not. Here students get a general understanding of word order in English.

Task 2. Put the words in the correct order

Here students go deeper and have more practice with the word order in English. In the exercise, they will find examples with different types of adjectives, adverbs, indirect questions, etc.

Task 3. Complete the questions with the correct question tags

The last exercise aims to check how well your students know the rules of question tags.

Share with us in the comments below how effective the exercises were and how you usually practise word order with your Intermediate students.

Read as well:

VOCABULARY
PREPOSITIONS
[1] Review the following prepositions denoting time. Note the words
and phrases they are used with.
AT
At three o'clock; at midnight; at sunrise; at sunset; at the weekend,
at weekends; at the New Year; at Christmas; at that time (moment); at the
time sth. was done; at present; at the appointed time; at the beginning
(end) of the week (January, (the) term, (the) school year, the vacation); late
at night.
IN
In winter (summer, etc.); in (early, late) September (October, etc.);
in the morning (afternoon, evening, daytime, midday); in the twenty-first
century (machine age, Middle ages); in prehistoric (ancient) times; in
Shakespeare's time; in the 1970s; in the early (late) '30s.
ON
On Sunday (Monday, etc.); on the third (fifth, etc.) of May (June,
etc.); on a cold (wet, rainy, hot, windy, summer, winter, etc.) morning
(day, night, evening); on the night (morning, evening, day) of sb's arrival
(departure); on the night (morning, evening) of the tenth of July (August,
etc.); on sb’s birthday; on the appointed (same) day; on Saturday (Sunday)
morning (evening); on Victory Day; on New Year's Day (Eve); on the eve
of ...; on this (festive, melancholy, etc.) occasion; on the occasion of ... On
what occasion ...?
NOTES
1. The prepositions from ... till ... are used to indicate a period of
time: from ten till six o'clock; from 1960 till 1980; from January till
March; from early in the morning till late at night.
Он работал здесь с 1975 по 1980 год.
Не was working here from 1975 till 1980.
2. If the action began in the past and is still going on use the
preposition since.
Он работает здесь с 1982 года.
Не has been working here since 1982.
1
3. When referring to place use from ... to ...:
travel from Paris to London; go from place to place.
4. Note the translation of the following phrases denoting time:
в тот год
that year
на этот раз
this time
завтра (вчера) в это время
this time tomorrow (yesterday)
сейчас, в наше время
now(adays), at present
5. Remember the phrases:
It’s a slip of the pen. It’s a slip of the tongue.
1. Translate the prepositional phrases from the above list.
2. Use the phrases in sentences of your own.
3. Say it in English.
1. Они пришли в назначенное время. 2. Джордж жил в
Эдинбурге с 1978 по 1983 год. 3. Элис живет в Дублине с 1980 года.
4. Джеймс приехал в Лондон холодным зимним вечером. 5. В тот год
семья Браунов жила в Брайтоне. 6. Завтра в это время вы будете уже
купаться в Средиземном море. 7. Сейчас никто не верит в чудеса. 8.
Сейчас он работает в каком-то НИИ. 9. В то время мы ничего об этом
не знали. 10. От Москвы до Праги они ехали поездом. 11. Это имя
стало знаменитым в начале тридцатых годов. 12. Вот что произошло
в день нашего приезда. 13. Накануне Нового года все были заняты.
14. Опера «Аида» была написана Верди ко дню (по случаю) открытия
Суэцкого канала (the Suez Canal). 15. На этот раз мне повезло.
4. Fill in the gaps with prepositions if required.
1. Piccadilly Circus derives its name from 'pickadille', a type of
neckwear popular — the eighteenth century. 2. They returned late —
night. 3. — weekends there is a lot of traffic on the roads. 4. The travellers
set out — sunrise. 5. His name became famous — the early '50s. 6. They
came — the appointed day. 7. I saw her — New Year's Day. 8. This is
what happened — Ann's birthday. 9. — this time tomorrow you'll be
taking your examination. 10. — a clear day you can see the top of the
mountain.
[2] Review the following phrases containing prepositions.
2
ABOUT
To be happy (enthusiastic, glad, optimistic, pessimistic, sulky, sad,
fussy, concerned, uneasy) about sth. How do you feel about that?
There is sth funny (strange, odd, unusual, suspicious, etc.) about him
(her, them, etc.).
AT
At a bus stop (taxi stand); at the crossing (entrance, airport, theatre,
exit, railway station); at a conference (session, congress, performance,
trial, lesson); at school (college, (the) university); at Moscow (Oxford,
Cambridge) university; at an office; at dinner (lunch, supper).
At the top (bottom) of a hill (mountain, staircase, page, list),
To buy sth at the baker's (the grocer's, Woolworth's, Macy's).
To look (glance, stare, laugh, smile, grin, wink, swear, shout, yell,
nag, grumble, rush, shoot) at sb.
To give (take, have) a glance at sth.
To buy sth at fifty cents (pence, roubles) a pound (yard, metre).
To be surprised (amazed, astonished, annoyed, shocked, indignant,
disgusted, frightened) at what sb did.
To be good (clever, awkward) at sth.
To pull (tug) at a string (rope).
To start at a sudden noise (seeing, hearing, the mention of sth.).
To tremble at sb's threats. To shudder at a thought (sight).
At the beginning (end) of a road (street, corridor).
At a speed (rate) of 30 miles an hour, at a height (altitude) of a
thousand metres, at a distance of several miles, at a temperature of 40 °C.
At a high temperature (walking speed),
At regular intervals (full speed).
At sb's call (invitation, suggestion).
To live (find sb, write to sb) at an address (No 5; 17 Palm Street).
To call (ring) sb up at a telephone number (the office, home).
NOTES
1. 'На ферме' is 'on a farm'.
2. on top = above. Eg. Two frogs fell into a pail of milk. The first
frog lost heart and got drowned. The second frog hustled and hustled
around. In the end there was a pat of butter in the pail and the frog was
sitting on top.
3. to sell (buy) sth for a certain sum.
4. to jump to conclusions – делать поспешные выводы;
3
to jump at sth, (a chance) – ухватиться за возможность;
to jump on sb. – нападать на кого-то
5. to hold on to sth – держаться за что-то, чтобы не упасть.
6. 'Вдали' is 'in the distance'.
Eg They saw an approaching car in the distance.
BY
To travel (go smwh) by land (sea, air, train, boat, plane, bus, taxi,
underground); to come down by parachute; write sth by hand, cook by
electricity.
To happen by chance (accident, mistake, coincidence).
by sb's consent, by mutual consent, by a majority decision, by an
overwhelming majority.
To send sth by post (book-post, parcel-post, telegraph);
To order sth (make an appointment, find sth out) by telephone.
To benefit (profit, gain, lose) by doing sth.
To sell (buy) sth by the yard (metre, dozen, kilogram, pound).
To sell (buy) sth by weight (number, packet).
To pay sb by the hour (day).
To rent a house by the month (year); to hire a boat by the hour (day);
to judge by the words (results), by deeds (appearances).
To know sb by name (sight, reputation); to call (mention) sb by
name; call sb by sb's first name.
To decide sth by secret (open) vote; to vote by ballot (a show of
hands).
FOR
sb's love (sympathy, consideration, respect, liking, hatred, contempt)
for sb. But: sb's love (hatred, contempt) of sth.
To show (no) zeal (enthusiasm) for sth.
To have sth for breakfast (lunch, dinner, dessert, supper).
To start (set out, depart, sail, leave) for a place; sb's departure for a
place
To be important (convenient, necessary, impossible, enough) for sb;
to be good (bad) for sb's health, for sb.
To be good (valid) for two days (three months, one fare).
To ask (wish, cry, clamour, queue) for sth; to shout for help; to ring
(call) for an ambulance; to signal (call, ring) for a bill (taxi, porter, maid);
a cry for help.
4
To make (have) an appointment with sb (book a ticket, get an
invitation) for a certain date. What are your plans (What is the
programme) for today? What are you going to do for your holiday
(vacation, birthday)?
To get ready (prepare, read, cram) for one's examination (diploma,
degree); read for pleasure, do sth for exercise, say sth for fun; to be closed
for repairs; to be known (noted, famous, remarkable, notorious) for sth.
FROM
To know sth from experience; speak from memory (notes). As is
clear from... . From what you say.... Judging from...
IN
To end in (sb's) victory (failure, confusion); end in a letter (vowel,
consonant); to result in sth.
a rise (fall, cut) in prices (public spending, the production of sth).
To speak in a loud (soft, low) voice, in a whisper (tone of surprise).
in ink (pencil), in small (capital, block) letters, in bold type, in
italics, in small print, in sb's handwriting;
in the sun (shade, shadow of sth, tree, picture, sky, photograph).
OF
To be kind (nice, bad, mean, silly, wise, thoughtful, thoughtless,
loyal, clever, sensible, (un)fair, (im)polite, considerate) of sb.
Eg It was nice of you to come.
To expect (require, demand, ask, beg sth) of sb; ask a favour of sb.
OFF
To fall off a ladder (tree, bicycle, roof, horse); jump off a bridge
(fence, log).
To be situated (happen) off the main street (coast of Sweden); off
Broadway (Cape Trafalgar)
ON
a book (text-book, composition, talk, conference, debate, resolution,
lecture) on sth; an article (essay) on sth.
To set out on a journey (sightseeing tour)
To be on leave (holiday); go smwh on business; go on a (business,
fishing) trip, on a cruise (voyage, mission), on an expedition (excursion,
5
outing).
on sb's advice (order, initiative, instructions); on (the) air.
To hear sth on the radio (BBC), on Radio Moscow; show (see) sth
on TV (Channel One); speak on the radio (telephone); get sb on the phone.
You are wanted on the phone.
NOTES
1. A test on prepositions (articles, tenses). But: a test (an
examination) in grammar (lexicology, history).
2. Both on and about refer to the contents of a book, an article, etc.
But on implies that the subject is treated in detail and more professionally.
3. Note that 'рецензия на книгу (пьесу и т.д.)' is 'a review of a book
(play, etc.)'.
4. Remember: to go for a walk (drive, ride, swim).
OUT OF
To do sth out of gratitude (curiosity, spite, love, respect, sentiment,
jealousy, fright, pride, envy, compassion, sympathy, charity).
OVER
To disagree (argue, quarrel, clash, fall out, have differences, go on
strike, resign, break (off) diplomatic relations) over sth.
a quarrel (strike), an argument, disagreement (misunderstanding)
over sth.
TO
To be kind (nice, (im)polite, rude, cruel, (un)fair, loyal, friendly,
(un)faithful, nasty, hostile) to sb.
To be thankful (grateful, obliged) to sb.
sb's attitude (reaction, reply, answer) to sb.
To be a blow (burden, shock, great loss, danger, challenge, mystery,
stranger) to smb; to mean sth. to sb.
To be of great (no) value (use, importance) to sb;
To be unexpected (unknown, familiar, news, dear, clear) to sb;
To be all the same, make no difference, look nice (bad) to sb;
To be sensitive (vulnerable, immune, allergic) to sth.
UNDER
under communism (socialism, capitalism, feudalism, sb's regime);
under military (foreign, Turkish, Stuart, Tudor) rule.
6
under international (British) law.
under the Constitution (will).
WITH
To be satisfied (frightened, annoyed, (dis)pleased, indignant,
disgusted) with sb.
To shiver with cold; tremble with fear (excitement, weakness);
shudder with horror; cry with pain; weep with disappointment; grin with
delight (amusement, satisfaction); to be flushed with excitement (exercise,
joy).
NOTES
1. Remember: in Stuart (Tudor, etc.) times.
2. Note: to sing (dance, jump, cry) for joy.
3. 'Покраснеть от стыда' is 'to blush'. To add ‘for shame’ would be
redundant.
1. Translate the prepositional phrases from the list above.
2. Use the phrases in sentences of your own.
3. Say it in English.
1. Я смотрю на это оптимистически. 2. В этом человеке есть чтото странное. 3. Мы подождем вас на стоянке такси. 4. Никто не
любит, когда на него кричат. 5. Дом, который вам нужен, находится в
конце этой улицы. 6. Машина шла со скоростью шестьдесят
километров в час. 7. Премьер-министр живет на Даунинг стрит, в
доме № 10. 8. Как в Англии продается мука — на фунты или на
килограммы? 9. Напиши ему на этот адрес. 10. Все зовут его по
имени. 11. Ваше презрение к этому человеку можно понять. 12.
Встретимся в среду. Вам это удобно? 13. Что вы собираетесь делать
во время отпуска? 14. Что изображено на этой картине? 15. Это было
очень любезно с вашей стороны. 16. Пьесу показали по телевизору.
17. Вы очень добры ко мне. 18. Вам все ясно? 19. Ему это
безразлично. 20. Рассматривайте это как вызов для себя. 21. Мы
расстались на автобусной остановке. 22. Запишитесь к врачу по
телефону. 23. Это было неожиданным для всех. 24. Девочка
покраснела от стыда. 25. Закрытый слог оканчивается на согласный
звук. 26. Он сделал это из уважения к вам. 27. Вы читали рецензию на
эту книгу? 28. На солнце было очень жарко. 29. Деревня находится у
7
подножия горы. 30. Победа при Гангуте (у мыса Гангут) была первой
морской победой России.
4. Fill in the gaps with prepositions.
1. Most adjectives ending — the suffix 'able' have a passive meaning.
2. The letter was returned with 'Not known — this address' scrawled on it.
3. In the Tower the tourists shuddered — the sight of the instruments of
torture. 4. Bond Street is noted — fashionable shops. 5. Reckless drivers
are a danger — the public. 6. Squirrels live — trees. 7. Don't drink so
much coffee. It is bad — you. 8. He is speaking — the phone. 9. The coat
was very cheap –– the price. 10. This quotation is — the top of the page.
11. Is the paper you need — the bottom of the pile or — top? 12. Max
doesn't seem to be very good — interpreting. 13. Your name –– the end of
the letter should be written –– hand, not typed. 14. Call him — this
number. 15. What was done was done — mutual consent. 16. The man is a
complete stranger — me. 17. Boys are known — their love –– adventure.
18. The ticket is valid — one fare only. 19. How he did it is still a mystery
— everybody. 20. There is something suspicious — people who always
keep silent. 21. Everybody was surprised — what happened. 22. What is
Jane so happy — ? 23. She bought this dress — Macy's. 24. It is loyal —
you to act like this. 25. Don't jump — conclusions.
[3] The prepositional Russian phrases correspond to the following
English structures:
авторитет в чём-то
–
an authority on sth
билет на спектакль – a ticket for a show (play, race, match), 'Hamlet'
билет на поезд, в театр, и т.д. – a ticket to the theatre (cinema), a
stadium (train, plane, bus).
Note. The preposition for emphasizes the right to attend an event, to
stresses the right to be admitted. Eg 'a ticket for an exhibition' and 'a ticket
to an exhibition'. Thus in some cases both prepositions are correct.
близко от кого-то, чего-то
–
close to sb, sth (but: near sb, sth)
вид на что-то
–
a view of sth. Eg a view of a city (lake)
визит в город, страну
–
a visit to a city (town, country)
виновный в чём-то
– guilty of sth. Eg guilty of a crime (murder)
Note. 'Я не виноват. Это не моя вина (что он опоздал)' is 'I am not
to blame. It is not my fault (that he was late)'.
(делать) вклад во что-то
–
(to make) a contribution to sth
8
включать что-то во что-то
–
to include sth in sth
вмешиваться во что-то
–
to interfere in sth
вторжение в страну
–
sb's invasion of a country
вылечить кого-то от чего-то
– to cure sb of sth
граничить со страной, штатом – to border on a country (state)
делать, создавать что-то из чего-то – to make sth of (from) sth
делить что-то на какое-то число – to divide sth in a number
долг перед кем-то
–
sb's duty to sb
жаловаться (кому-то) на кого-то, что-то – to complain about (of) sb,
sth (to sb)
Note. 'to complain about sb to sb officially ' is 'to report sb to sb'
зависеть от кого-то, чего-то
–
to depend on sb, sth
заходить к кому-то
–
to call on sb; to drop in on sb
заходить куда-то
–
to call at a place; to drop in at a place
избавляться от кого-то, чего-то
– to get rid of sb, sth
извиняться перед кем-то за что-то – to apologise to sb for sth
на чье-то имя
–
in sb's name
интерес к кому-то, чему-то
–
sb's interest in sb, sth
ключ от чего-то
–
a key to sth. Eg to a door (drawer)
лекарство от чего-то – (a) medicine for sth. Eg for a cold (headache)
лекция о чём-то
–
a lecture on (about) sth
читать лекции по предмету – to lecture on a subject. Eg on physics,
chemistry, history
лечить кого-то от чего-то
–
to treat sb for sth
от первого (третьего) лица
–
in the first (third) person
менять что-то на что-то
–
to change sth for sth
по моему (его) мнению
–
in my (his) opinion; to my (his) mind
в (открытом) море
–
at sea
намекать на кого-то, что-то
–
to hint at sb, sth
направленный на что-то
–
aimed (directed) at sth
быть в невыгодном положении
–
to be at a disadvantage
независимо от чего-то
–
regardless (irrespective) of sth
независимый от кого-то, чего-то
–
independent of sb, sth
нужда в ком-то, чем-то
–
need for sb, sth
обвинять кого-то в чём-то
–
to accuse sb of sth
обвинять кого-то в чём-то официально – to charge sb with sth. Eg with
a crime (murder)
опаздывать на что-то
–
to be late for; to come late to
оставаться на мероприятие
– to stay for sth. Eg for dinner, a film
9
останавливаться у кого-то
– to stay with sb
от … числа (датированный)
–
(the newspaper) of (23 March)
в ответ на что-то
–
in answer (reply) to sth
ответственный перед кем-то за что-то – responsible to sb for sth
отметка по предмету
–
a mark in a subject
память на что-то
–
memory for sth. Eg bad memory for faces
переводить со слуха
– to translate by ear. But: translate at sight
пересаживаться на что-то – to change for sth. Eg for a train (plane)
поздравлять кого-то с чем-то – to congratulate sb on (doing) sth
показывать на что-то
–
to point to sth
покупать что-то за (на) деньги
–
to buy sth with money
на полях (страницы)
–
in the margin
популярный у кого-то
–
popular with (among) sb
право на что-то
–
a right to sth
преимущество перед кем-то
–
an advantage over sb
приглашать кого-то на мероприятие
–
to invite (ask) sb to sth
приезжать в какое-то место
–
to arrive in (a city), at (a town)
призывать к чему-то
–
to call for sth
примириться с чем-то – to reconcile oneself (become reconciled) to sth
принимать кого-то в организацию
–
to admit sb to sth
приходить в себя
–
to come to (oneself)
по какой-то причине – for some reason(s). Eg for political reasons
поездка по стране
–
a tour of a country
по программе (каналу ТВ)
–
on a channel. Eg on Channel Two
происходить с кем-то
–
to happen to sb
путеводитель по чему-то
–
a guide-book to sth. Eg to London
работать над чем-то
–
to work at sth
ради шутки, несерьезно
–
for fun. Eg to say (do) sth for fun
в чьем-то распоряжении
–
at sb's disposal
распространяться на что-то
–
to spread to sth
реагировать на что-то
–
to react to sth
с риском для чего-то – at the risk of sth. Eg of one's life (reputation)
(дарить) на день рождения
–
(to give sb sth) for sb's birthday
рядом с кем-то
–
next to sb
садиться в автобус (поезд) – to get on a bus (train). Note: to get off
садиться на самолет (пароход) – to board a plane (ship). Note: get off
садиться в машину
–
to get into a car. Note: to get out of a car
по секрету
–
in confidence
согласие на что-то
–
sb's consent to sth
10
соглашаться на что-то
–
to agree to sth
(не)способный на что-то
–
(in)capable of (doing) sth
справедливо в отношении кого-то – to be true of sb. Eg It’s true of him
наводить справки по источнику – to look sth up in a reference-book
спрос на что-то
–
demand for sth
средство от чего-то
–
a remedy for sth
стучать в дверь
–
to knock on/at the door
суд над кем-то
–
a trial of sb
талант к чему-то
–
a talent for sth
типичный для кого-то, чего-то –
typical of sb, sth
убедить кого-то в чём-то
–
to convince sb of sth
быть уверенным в чём-то
–
to be sure of sth
угощать кого-то чем-то
–
to treat sb to sth
умереть от чего-то
–
to die of (from) sth
упрекать кого-то в чём-то
–
to reproach sb with sth
характерный для кого-то, чего-то
–
characteristic of sb, sth
шпионить за кем-то
–
to spy on sb
сыграть шутку с кем-то
–
to play a joke on sb
1. Use the phrases from the list above in sentences of your own.
2. Say it in English.
1. Его признали виновным в преступлении. 2. Hе сердитесь на
Майкла, он не виноват. 3. У меня ecть лишний билет на «Кармен».
Хотите пойти? 4. Bам придется пересесть на автобус. 5. Это ваш долг
перед самим собой. 6. От кого это зависит? 7. Это прекрасное
лекарство от простуды. 8. Вас ни в чем не подозревают. 9. Что он
купил на эти деньги? 10. Каждый имеет право на собственное мнение.
11. Потребность в такого рода материалах увеличилась. 12. В чем вы
обвиняете мистера Блэра? 13. Какое официальное обвинение было
ему предъявлено? 14. Что мне принять от головной боли? 15. Такое
не могло произойти с Чарльзом. 16. Что мы подарим Доре на день
рождения? 17. Посмотри в словаре, как произносится это слово. 18.
Алиса присутствовала на суде над Валетом (the Knave). 19. Это
типично (характерно) для литературы того времени. 20. Они
подшутили над нами. 21. Проверьте произношение этого слова по
словарю. 22. Я видел, как он садился в машину. 23. Как мне
пересказывать текст — от первого или от третьего лица? 24.
Оставьте билеты на мое имя.
11
3. Fill in the gaps with prepositions
1. We consider Mr Thompson an authority — English literature. 2.
Russian composers made a great contribution –– world culture. 3. Include
it — your report. 4. How long did the Roman invasion — Britain last? 5.
He found himself involved — the plot. 6. Who cured you — your
headaches? 7. What countries does Switzerland border — ? 8. Apologise
— Francis — your words. 9. The document was made out — Mr
Harlow's name. 10. My interest — the subject grew. 11. Professor Cox
lectures –– physics. 12. This is the key — the upper drawer. 13. Shall I
retell the story –– the first person? 14. — my opinion you would be — a
disadvantage. 15. There is no need — changes of any kind. 16. The
article was published in The TIMES –– the 21st –– April. 17. Neither
Senators nor Congressmen are responsible — their electors. 18. Making a
tour — the country was part of the programme. 19. That's your advantage
— your rival. 20. She'll never reconcile herself — the new situation. 21.
Each state regardless (irrespective) — the population sends to Congress
two Senators. 22. You shouldn't reproach Helen — it. 23. Don't enter
without knocking — the door first. 24. I'll be — your disposal in a minute.
25. Don't forget to congratulate Mark — getting the prize. 26. It might
have been done — some other reason. 27. I wonder what happened — the
manuscript. 28. It's nonsense: nobody is spying — them. 29. The speaker
stressed the need — order and coordination. 30. He felt better the
moment he got — the train. 31. You can't be sure — anything. 32. The
demand — such goods is growing. 33. The storm started when the ships
were still — sea. 34. The match will be shown — Channel One. 35. What
does your decision depend — ? 36. From the top storey you can get a
wonderful view — London. 37. It is a wonderful medicine — a cough. 38.
They must have done it — humanitarian reasons.
[4] When translating Russian words and phrases into English mind
the use of prepositions.
Note. The personal object after the verbs listed in (1) is used with the
preposition to no matter whether it follows or precedes the direct object (if
the verb is transitive). Eg I can't prove to him that he is mistaken — he
won't listen to me. Dictate to the secretary the letter you want to send
them. Explain to me what it is all about.
(1)
возвращать кому-то
–
to return to sb
говорить кому-то
–
to say to sb
12
демонстрировать кому-то
доказывать кому-то
докладывать кому-то
жаловаться кому-то
казаться кому-то
лгать кому-то
объявлять кому-то
объяснять кому-то
описывать кому-то
отвечать кому-то
повторять кому-то
посвящать кому-то
предлагать кому-то брак
представлять кому-то
принадлежать кому-то
раздавать кому-то
–
to demonstrate to sb
–
to prove to sb
–
to report to sb
–
to complain to sb
–
to seem to sb
–
to lie to sb
–
to announce to sb
–
to explain to sb
–
to describe to sb
–
to reply to sb
–
to repeat to sb
–
to devote (dedicate) to sb
–
to propose to sb
–
to introduce to sb
–
to belong to sb
–
to distribute to sb
(2)
Note. The personal object after the following verbs does not require
the preposition:
to answer sb
–
отвечать кому-то
to applaud sb
–
аплодировать кому-то
to contradict sb
–
противоречить кому-то
to obey sb
–
повиноваться кому-то
to threaten sb
–
угрожать кому-то
(3)
богатый чем-то – rich in sth
выражение лица – the expression on sb's face
гордиться кем-то, чем-то – to be proud of sb, sth; take pride in sb, sth
касаться чего-то (вопроса) – to touch upon sth
комментировать что-то – to comment on sth
лишать кого-то чего-то – to deprive sb of sth
мешать чему-то – to interfere with sth
навязывать что-то кому-то – to impose sth on sb
напоминать (кому-то) кого-то, что-то – to remind sb of sb, sth
наследник чего-то – an heir to sth. Eg to the throne (property, title)
наследник кого-то – sb’s heir; an heir of sb
одобрять кого-то, что-то – to approve of sb, sth
оперировать кого-то по поводу чего-то – to operate on sb for sth
отомстить кому-то (за что-то) – to revenge oneself upon sb (for sth)
13
памятник кому-то, чему-то – a monument to sb, sth
пахнуть чем-то – to smell of sth. (Cf. to taste of sth)
поддержка кому-то – sb's support for sb, sth. But: give support to sb
полный чего-то – full of sth. But: Her eyes were filled with tears.
ограничиваться чем-то – to confine oneself to (doing) sth
причина чего-то – a reason for sth
соответствовать должности – to qualify for a job (post)
сочувствовать кому-то – to sympathise with sb
способствовать чему-то – to contribute to (doing) sth
(наносить) ущерб чему-то – to cause damage to sth
хвастаться чем-то – to boast of sth
1. Use the phrases from the list above in sentences of your own.
2. Say it in English.
1. Постарайтесь доказать Ричарду, что это единственный выход.
2. Он жалуется всем, что его никто не понимает. 3. Объясните ему,
как все это произошло. 4. Возвратите ему все книги, которые вы у
него брали. 5. Опишите мне все подробно (в деталях). 6. Это
заявление широко комментировалось в газетах. 7. Вы напоминаете
мне миссис Тротт: она тоже ничем не бывает довольна. 8. Майклу
уже сделали операцию. Он чувствует себя хорошо. 9. В Лондоне
много памятников королям и политическим Деятелям. 10. Все
сочувствовали Норе и старались подбодрить ее. 11. Это
способствовало его успеху. 12. Все эти страны богаты нефтью.
3. Fill in the gaps with prepositions if required.
1. Announce — them what you think necessary. 2. Distribute — the
tourists the booklets I gave you. 3. Don’t impose your opinions — others.
4. Ann is to be operated — –– appendicitis. 5. The monument — George
Washington in Washington is a white marble obelisk. 6. Mr Watt confined
himself — outlining the general aspects of the problem. 7. Did the
earthquake cause much damage –– the town? 8. Helen's support — their
family was invaluable. 9. The heir — the throne in England has the title of
Prince of Wales. 10. This is his last chance. Don’t deprive him — it. 11.
What is the reason — all this secrecy? 12. You should have seen the
expression — his face. 13. You have done nothing to boast — . 14. They
applauded — him long and loud. 15. Don't threaten — me. 16. Explain —
me what it is all about.
14
[5] When translating the following phrases into English do not use
prepositions.
влезать на дерево (гору, лестницу) – to climb a tree (mountain, ladder)
влиять на
–
to influence sb, sth; to affect sth
вторгаться в страну
–
to invade a country
входить в здание (комнату)
–
to enter a building (room)
добираться (доезжать, дотягиваться) до –
to reach sth
догадываться о чём-то
–
to guess sth
жениться на (выходить замуж за)
–
to marry sb
играть в игру
–
to play a game (chess, cards, football)
играть на музыкальном инструменте – to play a musical instrument
играть на пианино (скрипке, гитаре) – to play the piano (violin, guitar)
красить что-то в синий (зеленый) цвет
–
to paint sth blue (green)
наблюдать за
–
to watch sb, sth
награждать орденом (медалью)
– to award sb an order (a medal)
налетать (наскакивать) на
–
to hit (strike) sth
Note. The car hit a lamp-post. The ship struck a rock. When both
objects are moving, use 'collide'. Eg The bus collided with a lorry. The
ships collided in the fog. If the blow is violent and causes much noise and
breaking, use 'crash'. Eg The car crashed into the wall. The plane crashed
into the lighthouse.
нападать на
–
to attack sb, sth
нуждаться в
–
to need sb, sth
обращаться к
–
to address sb
обращаться с кем-то хорошо (плохо)
–
to treat sb well (badly)
обращаться с (механизмом)
–
to handle (operate) sth
Note: to handle household appliances, a mechanical device, a typewriter; to operate a lift, an excavator, a bulldozer.
объявлять о
–
to announce sth
отказываться от
–
to refuse sth
претендовать на
–
to claim sth
приближаться к
–
to approach sth
признаваться в
–
to confess sth
присоединяться к
–
to join sb, sth
продвинуться на две мили –
to advance (a distance of) two miles
разводиться с
–
to divorce sb
советоваться (консультироваться) с
–
to consult sb
сомневаться в
–
to doubt sth
15
спорить с кем-то на что-то, что...
увеличиваться в несколько раз
упоминать о
–
–
–
to bet sb sth that...
to increase several times
to mention sb, sth
1. Use the phrases from the list above in sentences of your own.
2. Say it in English.
1. За мужество и героизм, проявленные в этом бою, свыше ста
солдат и офицеров были награждены орденами и медалями. 2. В тот
день наши войска продвинулись вперед более чем на сто километров.
3. Англы и саксы, вторгнувшиеся в Британию, оттеснили кельтов в
горные районы страны. 4. Известно, что Достоевский и Чехов оказали
большое влияние на многих западных писателей. 5. Если не умеете
обращаться с этим прибором, лучше не прикасайтесь к нему. 6.
Бульдозером легко управлять? 7. Производительность труда выросла
более чем в три раза. 8. Машина столкнулась с грузовиком. 9.
Машина налетела на дерево. 10. Самолет врезался в маяк. 11.
Корабль наскочил на айсберг. 12. Держу с вами пари на билет в
Большой театр, что канадцы проиграют. 13. Не входите к нему в
кабинет, не постучав в дверь. 14. Никто в этом не сомневается. 15.
Он женат на сестре Норы. 16. Кошки могут влезть на любое дерево.
17. Вы доберетесь до Редфорда через полтора часа. 18. Покрасьте
потолок в светло-зеленый цвет. 19. Он объявил об этом вчера. 20. На
эти деньги претендуют три человека. 21. Мы приближаемся к какомуто городу. — Да, по-видимому. 22. Никогда не упоминайте об этом
событии, если не хотите рассердить ее. 23. Кто первым упомянул об
этом? 24. Вы когда-нибудь играли в бейсбол? 25. Мы уже давно
следим за ним. 26. Как вы об этом догадались? 27. Дик играет на
скрипке довольно прилично. 28. Она сказала, что не нуждается в
наших советах. 29. Мы идем в музей. Хотите присоединиться к нам?
30. Я присоединюсь к вам позднее.
***
The following verbs may be used without or with (different)
prepositions. Note the structures they аre used in and the meaning they
may assume.
1) to agree with sb, sth – соглашаться с кем-то, чем-то
to agree with sb's words (opinion), with what sb said
2) to agree to sth – соглашаться на что-то
to agree to a proposal (plan, suggestion), an operation
16
3) to agree (up)on sth (= decide on sth) приходить к общему
согласию, принимать решение относительно чего-то; решать
что-то в результате переговоров
to agree upon (the time for sth) a conference (joint investigation,
joint research, course of action), an early election, exchanging
scientific information
1. Say it in English.
1. Герберт не был согласен с вами, не так ли? — Да, не был. 2. Я
полностью согласен с вашим мнением. 3. К моему удивлению, мистер
Стэнли дал согласие на этот план. 4. Как следует поступать, если
больной не дает своего согласия на операцию? 5. Представители
фирм приняли решение о проведении совместного расследования.
***
1) to approve of sth – одобрять, относиться с одобрением
to approve of sb's actions (behaviour, attitude), the way sb did sth,
what sb did
2) to approve sth – одобрять, утверждать (официально)
to approve a plan (resolution, decree, project, proposal)
2. Say it in English.
1.A что скажет Чарльз? — Думаю, он все одобрит. 2. Артур
слишком много всем обещает. Я не одобряю этого. 3. Все голосовали
за проект мистера Нокса, и он был одобрен. 4. Никто не согласится
обсуждать это предложение, если оно не будет официально одобрено
шефом. 5. Решение неразумное. Вряд ли кто-нибудь его одобрит
(отнесется к нему с одобрением).
***
1) to arrive (arrival) in – приезжать (прибытие) в большой город,
страну
2) to arrive (arrival) at – приезжать (приезд) в небольшой город,
на станцию, в аэропорт
3. Say it in English.
1. Официальная делегация только что прибыла в аэропорт. 2.
Приезд премьер-министра в Париж планируется на май. 3. Гости
прибыли в Лондон накануне открытия выставки. 4. Мы прибыли на
вокзал заблаговременно.
17
***
1) to call on sb – заходить к кому-то с коротким визитом
to call on a friend (relative), Robert, the Butlers
2) to call at a place – заходить куда-то с коротким визитом
to call at an office, a bank, sb's house, the Butlers
3) to call on sb at (in) a place – заходить куда-то к кому-то,
навещать кого-то где-то
to call on sb at home (the office, the hotel, sb's country house, this
address, Ashfield), in London
4) to call for sb, sth – заходить, заезжать за кем-то, чем-то
to call for Mary, a letter (parcel, trunk)
5) to call for sth – призывать к чему-то
to call for peace (unity, disarmament, vigilance, calm, solidarity,
discipline, prompt actions, urgent measures, trade expansion), a
revision of sth, an end to sth, an early conclusion of a treaty
|
6) to call (up)on sb to do sth
а) призывать кого-то (к чему-то) сделать что-то
to call upon sb to unite (take part in sth, соnclude a treaty, solve the
problem by negotiations, expand trade, revise the decision, adopt a
constructive programme, keep calm, sign an appeal, take urgent
measures)
б) вызывать (ученика) отвечать урок
to call on a student to retell a story (read a text, do an exercise, recite
a poem)
4. Say it in English.
1. Джордж заходил к нам вчера. 2. На обратном пути мы зашли к
Норманам. 3. Когда вы последний раз были у Роберта? 4. Я зашел к
Джорджу в гостиницу. 5 Они навестили Ричарда в Лондоне. 6. Мы
навестили Батлеров в их загородном доме. 7. Чарльз зайдет за нами в
семь ровно. 8. Я зайду за письмом вечером. 9. Все выступившие
призывали к единству. 10. Докладчик призвал всех объединиться. 11.
Он призвал к сохранению спокойствия. 12. Он призвал их сохранять
спокойствие. 13. Оратор выступил с призывом принять срочные
18
меры. 14. Оратор призвал заведующих отделами принять срочные
меры. 15. Преподаватель вызвал Джона читать текст.
***
1) to die of sth – умереть от болезни, недуга или переживания
to die of a disease (an illness, heart failure, hunger, grief, shame,
disgrace)
2) to die from sth – умереть от вреда, причиненного организму
to die from wounds, loss of blood
***
1) to divide (cut, break, tear) sth into several parts – делить (резать,
разбивать, разрывать) что-то на несколько частей
2) to divide (cut, break, tear) sth in two – делить (резать,
разбивать, разрывать) что-л. пополам
***
1) to hear about (of) sb, sth – слышать, получать информацию о
ком-то, чём-то
2) to hear from sb – получать известия от кого-то
5. Fill in the gaps with prepositions.
1. The old man died — heart failure. 2. The wounded man must have
died –– loss of blood. 3. Divide the page — two. 4. The woman cut the
loaf — three parts. 5. I do correspond with Annabel, but it's been a long
time since I heard — her last.
***
1) to interfere in sth – вмешиваться во что-то
to interfere in other people’s affairs
2) to interfere with sth – мешать чему-то, служить помехой
to interfere with sb's work (rest, studies, plans)
6. Say it in English.
1. Если бы вы не вмешались в их разговор, они бы не
поссорились. 2. Не вмешивайтесь в чужие дела. 3. Это его не
касается. Скажите, чтобы он не вмешивался. 4. Это может помешать
нашей поездке. 5. Его рекомендации только мешают моей работе.
***
19
1) to leave sth at a place – оставлять что-то где-то
to leave a letter (note, thing) at the post office (desk), at Michael's
(the Butlers’)
2) to stay at a place – останавливаться где-то
to stay at Michael's/at the Butlers'
3) to leave sth with sb – оставлять что-то у кого-то
to leave a letter (note, key, parcel, thing) with a receptionist (clerk,
secretary)
4) to stay with sb – останавливаться, жить у кого-то
to stay with Michael (the Butlers)
1. Ask questions using 'stay at somebody's' instead of 'stay with
somebody'. Do the exercise orally and in writing.
Eg Helen lived with the Adamses.
Did you also stay at the Adamses'?
1. When in Edinburgh he lived with Mr Cox. 2. She spent a week
with the Coxes. 3. Tom stopped with Mr Hastings. 4. Ada was invited to
spend the holiday with Evans. 5. They lived with the Richardses at that
time.
2. Say it in English.
1. Когда он был в Лондоне, он останавливался у Джорджа. 2.
Если вы поедете в Глазго, вы сможете остановиться в отеле. 3. У
кого вы жили в Нью Йорке, когда ездили туда в прошлом году? 4.
Почтальон сказал, что оставил письмо у соседей. 5. Я оставил письмо
у секретаря.
***
1) to make sth of sth – делать что-то путем обработки материала,
изменяя только его форму
The statue is made of bronze. The statuette is made of wood.
2) to make sth from sth – делать что-то, полностью видоизменяя
исходное сырье
The bronze bas-reliefs at the foot of the Nelson Column are made
from captured French guns. Irish stew is made from meat, onions and
potatoes. What is polyester made from?
20
3. Say it in English.
1. Согласно легенде, Прометей (Prometheus [prə'mi:θju:s]) создал
человека из глины. 2. Вино делается из винограда. 3. Эти колонны
сделаны из мрамора. 4. Йогурт делают из молока. 5. Ваза стеклянная.
Не разбейте.
***
1) to point to sb, sth – показывать, указывать на кого-то, что-то
to point to a person (road-sign), the North
2) to point sth at sb – целиться в кого-то
to point a gun (pistol, rifle) at sb, sth
***
1) to report sb (to sb) – жаловаться на кого-то официально
to report sb to the authorities (chief, manager, police)
2) to report to sb – докладывать кому-то
to report to the authorities (chief, manager, colonel, headmaster)
***
1) to touch sth – прикоснуться, дотронуться (о предмете)
to touch sb’s arm (shoulder, head)
2) to touch upon sth – касаться чего-то (о теме)
to touch upon a subject (topic, problem)
***
1) to be tired of (doing) sth – уставать, так как это надоело
to be tired of arguing (repeating sth, explaining sth, quarrelling)
2) to be tired from (doing) sth – уставать физически
to be tired from a long walk (running, reading, sewing, climbing the
stairs, playing tennis)
1. Fill in the gaps with prepositions if required.
1. The needle of a compass points — the North. 2. At midnight both
the hour hand and the minute hand point — twelve. 3. It's poison. Don't
touch — it. 4. The speaker touched — this problem in passing. 5. Jack is
never tired — tennis. He can play it for hours. 6. My eyes are tired —
sewing. 7. It is Mr Stone who is in full command here. You are supposed
to report — him.
2. Say it in English.
1. Отчитайтесь перед заведующим. 2. Я пожалуюсь на вас шефу.
21
3. Советую вам не касаться этой темы. 4. Не понимаю, что произошло
с телевизором, я к нему не прикасался. 5. Я устал объяснять вам одно
и то же.
***
1) to treat sb – обращаться с кем-то (каким-то образом)
to treat sb well (badly, as sb deserves, as a lady, as a child)
2) to treat sb for sth – лечить кого-то от чего-то
to treat sb for a disease (illness, shock, poisoning)
3) to treat sb to sth – угощать кого-то чём-то
to treat sb to fruit (sweets, ice-cream)
3. Say it in English.
1. Элиза считала, что профессор Хиггинс обращался с ней очень
плохо. 2. В отличие от профессора Хигггинса, полковник Пикеринг
обращался с Элизой как с настоящей леди. 3. Вы обращаетесь с ним
как с маленьким ребенком. 4. Фред в больнице. Его лечат от малярии.
5. Ее лечили от гриппа, но оказалось, что у нее воспаление легких. 6.
От чего ее лечат? 7. Чем вас угощали у Фостеров? 8. Можно угостить
вас мороженым?
***
Be sure you don't omit the preposition in the following patterns:
They will be taken care of. He is not used to being shouted at. There is
nothing to argue about. I've got nothing to thank you for. She is easy to
talk to.
1. Say it in English.
1. Об этом событии много писали. 2. Об этой истории много
говорили. 3. Вас ждут. 4. Здесь не о чем спорить. 5. О детях
позаботились. 6. Вам не на что жаловаться. 7. Мне не с чем вас
поздравить. 8. Им не в чем упрекнуть вас. 9. Бояться здесь нечего. 10.
Вас слушают. Продолжайте.
***
1. Note the English pattern corresponding to the Russian 'быть
занятым чем-то'. Do not use a preposition.
Она была занята переводом текста.
She was busy translating the text. She was busy with the text.
22
2. Say it in English.
1. Они были заняты разговором и пропустили свою остановку.
2. Они были заняты спором и не слышали, как я вошел. 3. Кэтрин
занята приготовлениями к поездке. 4. Они были заняты обсуждением
статьи, и я решил не мешать им. 5. Мэри занята мытьем окон.
2. Note the use of prepositions in the following patterns:
a) It happened on board a ship (plane, helicopter), the Queen
Elizabeth II;
b) Do not mix up the phrases:
This tradition came into being as far back as the 17th century.
Some modern customs and traditions date back to (date from) very
early times.
c) What came of it? = How did it end?
What became of him? = What happened to him?
Nothing came of it. = It was a failure.
3. Say it in English.
1. Они пересекли Атлантический океан на борту лайнера
«Королева Елизавета II». 2. Адмирал Нельсон умер на борту
флагманского корабля (flagship) «Виктори». 3. Книгопечатание
появилось в Англии еще в пятнадцатом веке. 4. Возникновение этого
обычая относится к средним векам. 5. Боюсь, что из этого ничего не
получится. 6. Что из этого получилось?
PHRASAL VERBS
The following phrasal and non-phrasal verbs are often misused.
Discriminate between them.
***
to be out; to be away
– Мистер Брэкнел у себя? – Его нет, он обедает.
– Is Mr Bracknell in? – No, he is out at lunch.
To be away means 'to stay away from home or the building for at
least a night'. Eg He is away on holiday (a business trip, (a) mission).
***
to break; to break down
When a whole thing is caused to come into separate parts as the
result of force, use break. Eg The glass (vase, cup, rope, string) broke.
23
When a mechanism fails to operate, use break down. Eg The
machine (engine, appliance, apparatus, car) broke down.
(She had a nervous break-down.)
Мы не могли продолжать опыт: робот сломался.
We could not carry on with the experiment – the robot had
broken down.
***
to call sb; to call sb in
to call in means to summon a doctor (mechanic, radio man, TV man)
in an advisory capacity.
Почему вы не вызвали врача? Why didn't you call in a doctor?
***
to carry on; to carry out
to carry on denotes a process – вести, проводить. Eg to carry on a
conversation (an experiment, business, propaganda)
to carry out denotes fulfillment – провести, выполнить. Eg to carry
out a task (mission), an assignment (experiment).
***
to clear sth up; to clear sth out; to clear out
Мне хотелось бы выяснить несколько вопросов.
I'd like to clear up a few points.
to clear sth out means 'to empty sth by taking out the contents'. Eg
clear out a desk (drawer, cupboard, book-case).
to clear out means 'to go away' (убираться вон). Eg Clear out
before I throw you out.
***
to fill sth in; to fill out
Нам пришлось заполнить много бланков.
We had to fill in a lot of forms.
to fill in an application form, a declaration form (telegram form,
questionnaire, ballot, library call slip), gaps, blanks, empty spaces.
to fill out means 'to become rounded, larger or fatter'.
***
to hand/sth in; to hand sth to sb
No personal object is used after to hand in whereas after to hand sth
a personal object is obligatory. Eg to hand in one's paper (notice), an
application form. (But: to hand one's papers to the policeman, one's notice
to the manager, an application form to the secretary)
24
to hand sth to sb specifies the act of giving – to give by handing. If
the way of giving is not important, use the verb give.
***
to mix sth; to mix (sb, sth) up; to be mixed up in sth
to mix sth is said of different substances that are brought or come
together so that they are no longer distinct. Eg mix paints (oils, flour and
water, vinegar and oil, medicines).
to mix up is used figuratively (= not to be able to distinguish
between things or persons). Eg to mix up words (phrases, terms, twins). It
is so easy to mix them up. Don't you think so?
to be mixed up in (= involved in) murder, an affair, a crime.
***
to pick sth; to pick sth up
to pick sth is 'to pull away with the fingers'. Eg to pick flowers (fruit,
berries, mushrooms);
to pick sth up means 'to take sth lying on the ground'. Eg to pick up
a coin (handkerchief). When used figuratively, to pick up may mean 'to
gain, acquire', Eg to pick up bits of information, foreign words, slang.
***
to see sb off; to see sb out
to see sb off means 'to go to the railway station or the airport with sb
who is starting on a journey'. Eg Nobody saw them off as it was a late
train. We saw him off at Kennedy Airport (Victoria Station, Grand Central
Station).
to see sb out means 'to accompany sb till he is out of the building'.
Eg Our building is a maze. I'll see you out. Don't trouble to see me out. I
know the way.
***
to tear sth up; to tear sth open
Она прочла письмо и порвала его.
She read the letter and tore it up.
Она разорвала конверт и прочла письмо.
She tore the envelope open and read the letter.
The adverb up emphasises the fact that the thing was torn into pieces.
1. Use the phrasal verbs in sentences of your own.
2. Say it in English.
1. Джордж в отпуске. Его нет с прошлой недели. 2. Майкл дома?
– Нет, он вышел. 3. У них сломалась машина, и они приехали только
25
на следующий день. 4. Телевизор не работает. Вызови мастера. 5.
Если почувствуешь себя хуже, вызови врача. 6. Задание выполнено. 7.
Они так похожи. Я всегда их путаю. 8. Поговорите с мистером Дэйли
и выясните все. 9. Прежде чем сесть в самолет, туристы заполнили
бланк декларации. 10. Сейчас все привыкли заполнять всякого рода
анкеты. 11. Порвите это письмо и забудьте о нем. 12. Оказалось, что
все они замешаны в это дело. 13. Когда вы подали заявление? 14. Вы
уронили ключ.– Так подними его. 15. Когда отходит ваш поезд? Я
обязательно провожу вас.
***
Do not add repetitious adverbs to the verbs return and repeat. Eg
He returned. He came back. Repeat it. Say it again.
3. Say it in English.
1. Что вы сказали? Повторите еще раз. 2. Его заставили
повторить свой рассказ снова. 3. Становится темно. Пора
возвращаться обратно. 4. В чем дело? Почему вы вернулись? 5. Он
так и не вернулся обратно.
DIFFICULT WORDS AND STRUCTURES
беспокоить(ся) – to worry, bother, trouble, disturb
to worry (about sb, sth) – беспокоиться, волноваться, eg What's
the use of worrying? Don't worry about her, she is feeling much better.
Habitual worriers worry about trifles.
to worry sb – беспокоить, волновать кого-то, eg What's worrying
you? Don’t tell him anything. Why worry him?
to bother sb (with sth)
1) беспокоить кого-то, надоедать, eg He is tired. Don't bother him
(with your complaints).
2) беспокоиться: Shall I help you? – Don't bother, I'll manage. Don't
bother (trouble) to cook dinner for me today, I'll eat out. He didn't even
bother (trouble) to let us know.
to trouble sb
1) беспокоить, причинять беспокойство (в вежливых вопросах)
eg May I trouble you to come to my office? I'm sorry to trouble you,
but will you help me?
2) беспокоить кого-то, причинять боль, внушать беспокойство
eg What troubles you? – It's my heart, doctor. Where is she? Her
26
absence troubles me. (Cf. What's the trouble? Don't look for trouble. Did it
give you much trouble? It caused him a lot of trouble. He got into trouble.
He is in trouble.)
to disturb sb
1) беспокоить кого-то, мешая ему
eg Don't disturb him, let him sleep. There was a 'Don't disturb' sign
on his door. The manager is not to be disturbed, he is with Mr Nash.
2) выводить из состояния душевного покоя
eg This thought disturbed me.
1. Sav it in English.
1. Изменить ничего нельзя. Какой смысл беспокоиться? 2. О ней
не беспокойтесь, она чувствует себя хорошо. 3. Не беспокойтесь по
пустякам. 4. Не беспокой его (не приставай к нему со) своими
вопросами. 5. Он даже не побеспокоился ответить на письмо. 6.
Простите, мне неудобно беспокоить (затруднять) вас, но не могли бы
вы позвонить мистеру Смиту еще раз? 7. Их молчание беспокоит
меня. 8. Его нельзя беспокоить, у него клиент. 9. Ребенка найдут, не
беспокойтесь. 10. Вас все еще беспокоит ваша печень?
***
привлекать внимание – to attract sb's attention; draw (call)
sb's attention to (sb, sth)
to attract sb's attention – привлекать к себе внимание, eg The
picture (man, fact, noise, notice, sound) attracted my (his, everybody's)
attention.
to draw (call) sb's attention to (sb, sth) – привлекать чье-то
внимание к кому-то, чему-то, заставлять кого-то обратить внимание
на что-то, кого-то, eg The judge drew the attention of the jury to the
detail (handwriting, signature, way the letter was addressed, fact that the
letter was not signed). Note. Avoid the mistake of saying *'He attracted
our attention to it.'
2. Say it in English.
1. Почему этот человек привлек ваше внимание? 2. Кто привлек
ваше внимание к этому человеку? 3. Этот факт привлек внимание
всех (всеобщее внимание). 4. Вам следует привлечь их внимание к
этой детали. 5. Экскурсовод привлек внимание посетителей к этой
картине. 6. Эта картина всегда привлекает внимание посетителей.
27
обращать внимание – to notice; note; pay attention
to notice sb, sth – обращать внимание на кого-то, что-то,
замечать, случайно увидеть
eg to notice a person (road-sign, signal), sb do sth, sth done
to note sth – обращать внимание, стараться что-то запомнить
eg to note sb's words, how to do sth, how sb does sth, the way sb
does sth, the way sth is done. It should be noted that...
to pay attention (to sb, sth) – обращать внимание на кого-то, чтото, не оставлять незамеченным
eg He is such a nuisance. Don't pay attention (to him). He paid
attention to the trifles but overlooked the essentials.
1. Paraphrase the sentences using 'note' or 'notice'.
1. He didn't say 'Hello' to Jane because he didn't see her come in. 2.
The teacher told the students to pay attention to the figures. 3. "Pay
attention to the way the article is used in this sentence," said the teacher. 4.
The accident occurred because the driver had not seen the road-sign. 5. It
should be pointed out that the play had excellent notices.
2. Say it in English.
1. Никто не обратил внимания на то, что письмо не было
подписано. 2. Я не заметил, как он включил магнитофон. 3. Он сам не
знает, что он говорит. Не обращайте внимания. 4. Обратите внимание
на то (заметьте), что артикль в этом выражении не употребляется. 5.
Обратите внимание на то, как прибор выключается. 6. Следует
заметить, что проблема обсуждалась уже несколько раз.
***
говорить – to speak; talk; say; tell
to speak – говорить, разговаривать
eg to speak loudly (slowly, fast, (in)distinctly), for a long time, to the
point, beside the point, at a conference, in debate, from notes, from
memory, on the telephone;
to speak to (with) sb (about sb, sth);
to speak a foreign language, Danish, Dutch, good English;
They are not on speaking terms. They are on non-speaking terms.
to talk
1) говорить, разговаривать; беседовать; eg to talk loudly, for a
long time, fast; to talk to (with) sb (about sb, sth)
28
2) говорить, болтать
Eg to talk a great deal, a lot, too much. Stop talking, please.
3) говорить на тему
Eg to talk shop, business, politics, music, weather
to say sth – говорить, сказать что-то
eg to say something, nothing (important), very little, a few words
about sth. After the verb to say a direct object is used. Before the personal
object the preposition to is used.
He said to me, "Let sleeping dogs lie." "Don't look for trouble," he
said to me. Кто сказал об этом? Who said it? Он сказал мистеру
Куперу, что все улажено. He said to Mr Cooper that everything had been
settled.
to tell sb (about) sth – говорить кому-то что-то, рассказать о чёмто; eg to tell sb the news (the time, what time it is, what it means, that...)
to tell sb to do sth
NOTES
1. After the verb to tell meaning ‘сказать, говорить’ a personal
object is used: Он сказал мне, что пьеса ему нравится
Не told me he liked the play. Не said (to me) he liked the play.
2. The personal object may be omitted if to tell means
'рассказывать' (Eg He told how he had crossed the river) and in set
phrases: to tell the truth, to tell a lie, to tell a story, etc.
Eg Some people have tact, others tell the truth. She told me her life
story.
3. To introduce direct speech the verb to say is used.
4. In indirect orders to tell is used (in the pattern to tell + (pro)noun
+ infinitive).
5. Discriminate between the following patterns:
He was told to speak
He was said to speak
Dutch.
Dutch.
Ему сказали, чтобы он
Говорили, что он знает
говорил по-голландски.
голландский.
1. Note how the verbs 'to say', 'to tell', 'to speak' are used.
1. I will never be old enough to speak without embarrassment when I
have nothing to say. (Abraham Lincoln)
2. I never allow myself to get a false impression from anything
anyone tells me. I form my own judgement. (Agatha Christie)
29
3. Speak well of your friends, of your enemies say nothing. (Proverb)
4. A gossip-monger speaks about other people, a bore speaks about
himself, a good conversationalist speaks about you. (D. Carnegie!
5. A wise old owl lived in an oak.
The more he saw the less he spoke.
The less he spoke the more he heard.
Why can't we all be like that wise old bird? (Nursery rhyme)
2. Repeat what Peter and Helen said. Use direct speech. Explain
what made them say it.
Eg Helen told the children not to interrupt her.
Helen said to the children: “Don’t interrupt me.” She told the
children not to interrupt her because interruptmg the speaker is bad
manners (it annoyed her; she was in a hurry to leave).
1. Peter told the children not to slam the door. 2. Helen told Ann to
leave the light on. 3. Helen told the boys to leave the dog alone. 4. Peter
told us not to disturb Helen. 5. Helen told Peter to lock the door. 6. Peter
told Helen to switch on the TV set. 7. Helen told the girls not to bother her
with questions.
3. Say it in English.
1. Что он сказал? 2. Что он вам сказал? 3. Он сказал что-нибудь
новое? 4. Она сказала вам что-нибудь интересное? 5. Мистера
Паркера попросили сказать несколько слов о последних событиях в
Африке. 6. Докладчик говорил долго, но не сказал ничего нового. 7.
Мэри сказала: «Перестаньте болтать». 8. Джейн сказала им: «Мне это
безразлично». 9. «Я этого не одобряю», – сказала мне Дорис. 10.
Энн сказала, чтобы мы не беспокоили Ричарда: он заканчивает свою
статью.
***
дело – affair, matter, business, case
affair – дело, событие; то, что происходит
eg a pleasant (unpleasant, strange) affair; a family (love) affair;
private (other people's) affairs. It's my (your) affair.
matter – 1) дело времени, вкуса; 2) во фразеологизмах
eg a matter of time (principle, taste, life and death, special interest,
honour, great importance)
The matter is that...
30
What's the matter?
business – 1) дело, работа eg a business talk (trip, interview);
2) во фразеологизмах, eg to go smwh on business
Mind your own business.
It's none of your business.
case – судебное дело
eg to take up (hear, dismiss, close, reopen) a case (in court)
1. Answer these questions.
1. In what cases do people say "It's a matter of life and death"? 2.
Explain the meaning of the saying "Business before pleasure". 3. Why
shouldn't people interfere in other people's affairs? 4. What affair is usually
referred to as a family affair? 5. When do we say "It's a matter of taste"?
2. Say it in English.
1. Это дело времени. 2. Это было не очень приятное дело. 3.Дело
будет слушаться завтра. 4. Не вмешивайтесь в чужие дела. 5. Это
дело двух недель, не более. 6. Занимайтесь своими делами. 7. В чем
дело? 8. Дело в том, что я передумал. 9. Мистер Фогг отправился в
Лондон по делу. 10. Это мое дело.
***
дозваниваться – to get through, get sb on the phone
to get through – дозвониться; eg I couldn't get through, the line was
busy (the coin got stuck in the slot).
to get sb on the phone – дозвониться до кого-л.; eg I couldn't get
Mr Star on the phone – whenever I called he was out.
3. Say it in English.
1. Никак не могу дозвониться до Эгнес, ее никогда нет дома. 2.
Вот ваша монета, спасибо. Я не дозвонился. 3. Постарайся
дозвониться до Джорджа. 4. В чем дело? – Я не дозвонился: занято.
***
(по)звонить (по телефону) – to make a call, to call sb (up), to
give sb a call; to call up a place, to call sb (up) at (in) a place
To call sb up = to ring sb up.
to make a call – позвонить, сделать телефонный звонок
eg I've got a call to make. Is there a public telephone near here?
31
"Where is Dick?" "Making a call."
Note. When asking someone for permission to make a call ('Можно
позвонить по вашему телефону?'), say 'May I use your phone?'
to call sb (up), to give sb a call – звонить кому-л.; eg Mrs Ridley
called me up. Call up Mr Dale at this number. Give me a call.
to call up a place – звонить куда-л.
eg Call up the airport (railway station, enquiry office).
to call sb (up) at (in) a place – звонить кому-л. куда-л.
eg Call him up at home (the office, the hotel), in London.
4. Say it in English.
1. Мне нужно позвонить (сделать телефонный звонок). 2. Можно
позвонить по вашему телефону? 3. Вы говорили, что вам нужно
позвонить. На этом этаже есть телефон. 4. Мистер Хантер просил вас
позвонить ему в университет. 5. Позвони в аэропорт или справочное
бюро. 6. Джордж дома. Позвони ему.
***
знакомить(ся) – to introduce, to get acquainted
introduce sb (to sb) – знакомить кого-л., представлять кого-л.
eg When making an introduction introduce the gentleman to the
lady (the younger woman to the older, the younger man to the older). Will
you introduce me to Mrs Weston? May I introduce my daughter?
to get acquainted (with sb) – знакомиться (с кем-л.)
He got acquainted with Mr Lane at Mrs Dunlop’s. We got acquainted
yesterday.
Я с ним знаком. I know him.
Познакомьтесь: моя сестра. Meet my sister.
Знакомьтесь: мой брат. This is my brother.
Мы (уже) знакомы. We've met before.
5. Say it in English.
1. Где вы познакомились с мисс Уэстон? 2. Чарльз, кто
познакомил тебя с мисс Уэстон? 3. Вы знаете миссис Броуди?
Познакомьте меня с ней. 4. Знакомя людей, мужчину следует
представлять женщине.
***
избегать, избежать – to avoid, to escape
to avoid sb (sth, doing sth) – избегать, стараться не делать
32
чего-л., сторониться кого-л.
eg to avoid such people (harmful medicine, talking to sb, mentioning
sth, arguing, making rash decisions, sb's company, unlooked-for
complications, talking shop in company)
Note. Do not use the infinitive after to avoid, use the gerund.
to escape (doing) sth – избежать опасности (аварии, наказания)
eg to escape death (punishment, a blow, a devastation, an accident, a
catastrophe, an air crash), being punished (exposed, executed, expelled,
arrested, fired, injured), drowning
1. Answer these questions.
1. Why does one avoid speaking with people who are always
complaining? 2. What should one do to avoid catching cold? 3. What
should the patient do to avoid complications? 4. Why did so many war
criminals escape punishment? 5. How will you avoid being recognised?
2. Give advice beginning with 'avoid' to the following people:
parents, children, wives, husbands, motorists, pedestrians.
3. Say it in English.
1. Соединенным Штатам удалось избежать разрушений,
причиненных двумя мировыми войнами. 2. Тебя исключат, тебе этого
не избежать. 3. Избегайте использовать сокращения в частных
письмах. 4. Всегда говорите правду, это поможет вам избежать
многих неприятностей. 5. Преступнику не удалось избежать
наказания. 6. Избегайте говорить с ним о болезнях. Говорите об
искусстве, спорте, погоде. 7. Больше практики – это главное, что
поможет вам избежать ошибок в иностранном языке.
***
история – story, history, affair
story – история; рассказ
eg to tell (read, write) a long (short, dull) story
an interesting (amusing) story
to tell sb one's life story
history – 1) история, совокупность прошедших событий; eg
ancient (modern, American, Russian) history; history of English (modern
architecture, European art). History repeats itself.
2) история; наука, предмет изучения
eg to teach (study, specialise in) history; a student of history; a
33
history master
affair – история, дело
eg to be involved (mixed up) in an affair, to tell sb about an
(unpleasant) affair
Note. Do not use the word story to render the Russian 'история'
meaning 'an incident, an occurrence, what happened'.
Эта история произвела
This (thing, affair) caused
сенсацию.
a sensation.
Эта история случилась (с ним)
It happened (to him)
недавно.
not long ago.
4. Say it in English.
1. Хотите я расскажу вам занятную историю? 2. Мистер Браун
преподает историю в школе. 3. Я не желаю быть замешанным в эту
историю. 4. Эта история произошла недавно. 5. Когда произошла эта
история?
***
в конце концов – in the end (long run), after all, at last
in the end (long run) – в конце концов, в конечном итоге
eg What conclusion did they come to in the end? What happened to
the main character in the long run?
after all – в конце концов, ведь, все-таки (имеет уступительное
значение)
eg After all, they are relatives. I admit that the situation isn't very
pleasant, but it isn't the end of the world, after all.
at last – в конце концов, наконец (после долгого ожидания)
eg At last he took a decision. When the approval was granted at last,
he wasn't even glad.
1. Expand the statements by adding 'in the end (long run)', 'at
last', 'after all'.
1. What happened to the treasure? 2. What a relief! They are safe. 3.
Do not take it to heart. It's only fiction. 4. Cheap becomes dear. 5. Don't be
sorry. The play isn't very good.
2. Say it in English.
1. Что они решили в конце концов? 2. В конце концов, решение
еще не окончательное. 3. Когда он, в конце концов, пришел,
34
настроение у всех было плохое. 4. В конце концов, это их личное
дело. 5. На ком он женился в конце концов?
***
кроме – except, besides
except – кроме, исключая
eg Children go to school every day except Sunday. The windows
must not be open except in emergency.
besides – кроме, вдобавок, в дополнение
eg Did Lewis Carroll write any books besides Alice in Wonderland
and Through the Looking-Glass?
3. Say it in English.
1. Пригласили всех, кроме Мартина. 2. Кто был у них, кроме
Максвелов и Такеров? 3. Вы знаете какой-нибудь иностранный язык,
кроме голландского? 4. Он никого не любит, кроме себя, конечно. 5.
Мне удобны все дни, кроме вторника и четверга.
***
мешать – to interfere; to prevent (keep) sb from sth
to interfere with sth – мешать чему-л., мешать кому-л. делать
что-л. хорошо, быть помехой
eg to interfere with sb's work (studies, literary activities, social work,
doing sth)
Note. Do not use the infinitive after to interfere.
Eg Это мешает мне работать. It interferes with my work.
to prevent (keep) sb from doing sth – помешать кому-л. сделать
что-л.
to prevent sth – помешать чему-л.
eg What prevented (kept) you from coming earlier? Nothing will
keep me from saying it. I regret that a previous engagement prevents me
from accepting your invitation.
I'm determined to prevent his arrival (nomination, departure).
4. Say it in English.
1. Спорт не может мешать работе. 2. Что мешает вашей учебе? 3.
Его общественная работа не мешает его литературной деятельности.
4. Их громкий разговор мешал мне сосредоточиться. 5. Выключи
радио. Музыка мешает мне читать. 6. Их приезд помешал моей
35
работе. 7. Их приезд помешал мне закончить работу в срок. 8. Его
эгоизм мешает ему видеть, что происходит вокруг.
***
to turn to sb for sth – обращаться к кому-л. за помощью, советом
eg turn to sb for help (advice, comfort, protection, sympathy)
to ask sb for sth – обращаться к кому-л. с просьбой помочь, дать
совет, разрешение
eg to ask sb for help (advice, comfort, protection, permission)
to consult sb – обращаться к кому-л. за профессиональным
советом, помощью
eg to consult a doctor (lawyer, specialist)
to consult sth – обращаться за справкой к письменному
источнику информации
eg to consult a reference-book (a dictionary, an encyclopaedia)
to apply to sb (for sth) – обращаться к кому-л. с официальной
просьбой
eg to apply to the authorities, a manager (chief, headmaster)
to apply (to sb) for permission to do sth (membership, admission, a
post, a job)
to address sb – 1) обращаться к кому-л. со словами, заговаривать
с кем-л.
eg to address a passer-by (all those present, an audience with a
speech, a meeting, a rally)
2) называть кого-л. как-л., обращаясь к человеку в разговоре
eg to address sb as 'Mr Brown' ('Colonel', 'Sir')
Notes. 1. Do not use address (in this meaning) unless the actual act
of speaking is meant.
2. After address do not use the preposition to.
1. Ask questions to the following. Use the verbs ‘consult’, 'ask',
'apply', 'address'. Have the questions answered.
Eg "When speaking to Ann, he called her 'Mrs Joyce'." "Why did he
address her as 'Mrs Joyce'?" "Her second husband's name is Joyce."
1. Donald is still feeling bad. 2. Cliff doesn't know what to do. 3. It's
necessary for Mr Adams to have the afternoon off. 4. Richard says the
headmaster allowed him to stay away from classes. 5. Everybody calls Mr
Banter 'George'.
36
2. Say it in English.
1. Мне пришлось обратиться к мистеру Твиду. У меня не было
другого выхода. 2. Обратитесь за разрешением к председателю. 3.
Почему вы не обратились к специалисту? 4. Обращаясь к замужним
женщинам, называйте их 'миссис'. Например: миссис Бенсон, миссис
Грейвс. 5. Обратитесь к шефу. Я не могу решить этого вопроса. 6.
Начальник обратился к подчиненным с длинной речью. 7. Чаще
обращайтесь к словарю.
***
отказываться – to refuse, to give up
to refuse (to do) sth – 1) отказаться принять то, что предлагают
2) отказаться сделать то, что просят
eg to refuse sb's help (a job, money, anything offered)
to refuse to accept (explain) sth, to answer, to keep sb company, to
go smwh
to give up (doing) sth – отказаться от первоначальных замыслов,
отказаться продолжать начатое, прекратить делать что-л.
eg to give up a job (post), tennis, the idea of doing sth
to give up smoking (taking piano lessons, fighting, studying Danish)
Notes. 1. Refuse is followed by a direct object.
Eg Он отказался от этого.
Не refused it.
2. The noun after the verb 'отказываться' expressing the idea of
action is often rendered in English by an infinitive.
Eg Она отказалась от поездки
She refused to go (go for a
(прогулки, совместного
walk, travel with us)
путешествия).
3. After to give up use a noun or a gerund, but not an infinitive.
Eg He gave up (playing) golf.
1. React to the following. Use 'give up' and 'refuse'.
Eg "Helen no longer dreams of becoming a pianist." "Why did Helen
give up the idea of becoming a pianist?" "She realised she had no talent."
1. Harris doesn't go yachting any longer. 2. We asked Harry to dinner
but he said he wouldn't come. 3. Iris wanted to become a ballet dancer but
thought better of it. 4. I offered her money but she didn't accept it. 5. Ruth
got into the habit of reading in bed, she should drop it. 6. Sidney didn't
take the job he was offered. 7. John said he wouldn't tone down the article.
37
2. Say it in English.
1. He отказывайтесь от их помощи. 2. Откажитесь от этого
абсурдного плана. Зачем вы дали свое согласие? 3. Джейн отказалась
от мысли стать актрисой. 4. Дуглас отказался давать интервью. 5.
Почему вы отказались от работы, которую вам предложили?
***
отличать(ся), различать(ся) – to differ, to distinguish
differ (from sb, sth) (in sth) – отличаться, быть непохожим на
кого-л., что-л.
eg to differ very little (greatly) in one's tastes (opinions, approach to
sth, attitude to sth)
Tastes differ.
to differ from British English, received pronunciation, our standards
to distinguish sb (sth) from sb (sth) = to tell sb (sth) from sb (sth)
– отличать кого-л. (что-л.) от кого-л. (чего-л.)
to distinguish between sb (sth) – различать, видеть разницу
между кем-л. (чем-л.)
eg to distinguish red from amber (a hare from a rabbit, John from his
twin brother, imitation pearls from genuine ones)
to distinguish between colours (dialects, sounds, the essentials and
the trifles, what should be remembered and what should be forgotten)
3. Say it in English.
1. Дальтоникам (colour-blind people), то есть людям, не
различающим цветов (спектра), не разрешается водить машину. 2. Семантически эти слова не отличаются друг от друга. Различие между
ними – в употреблении. 3. Что касается грамматики, американский
вариант английского языка мало отличается от британского. 4.
Китайские иероглифы отличаются от японских? 5. Он не отличает
краткие гласные от долгих. 6. Сейчас трудно отличить искусственный
жемчуг от натурального. 7. Английский язык Шекспира сильно
отличается от современного английского.
***
открывать – to discover, to reveal
to discover sth – открывать, узнавать, обнаруживать что-л.
(часто неожиданно для себя)
eg to discover a new continent (new medicine, law, fact), the truth,
38
that...
to reveal sth – открывать, раскрывать, рассказывать кому-л.
eg reveal the truth (a secret, one's identity, one's real name, that...)
1. Read the sentences filling in the gaps with the verbs 'discover'
or 'reveal' in the required form.
1. What did Archimedes [a:ki’mi:di:z] – ? 2. She is the sort of person
who knows a great deal more than she chooses to –. 3. It was – that if a
small straight magnet is floated on water, it will always point to the North
and the South. 4. 'The secret is dead with him' means that he won't – it to
anybody. 5. Newton – the law of gravitation.
2. Say it in English.
1. Овод (the Gadfly) не открывал никому своего настоящего
имени. 2. Ученые открыли, что снотворное мешает (спящим) видеть
сны. 3. Я открыл (узнал) правду уже давно. 4. Колумб (Columbus) не
знал, что он открыл новый континент. 5. Не беспокойтесь, я никому
не открою вашей тайны. 6. Сизиф (Sisyphus) открыл секреты богов
людям, и боги наказали его. 7. Под этим храмом археологи открыли
еще более древнюю постройку.
***
предлагать – to suggest, to offer
to suggest sth – предлагать, подавать идею
eg to suggest a plan (an idea, the idea of doing sth)
to suggest that sb should do sth
to suggest doing sth
to offer sth – предлагать, давать что-л.
eg to offer (sb) one's help, money, a loan (cigarette, reward)
offer to do sth – предлагать, вызываться сделать что-л.
eg to offer to help sb (with sth) (give sb a lift to a place, show sb
round a city)
Note. Do not use a personal object after offer if the direct object is
expressed by the infinitive.
Он предложил мне сделать перевод, (= Он вызвался сделать
перевод для меня)
Не offered to do the translation for me. He offered to help me
with the translation.
39
1. Ask questions using the verbs 'offer' and 'suggest'. Have the
questions answered.
Eg "Let's cast lots," said Harris.
"Why did Harris suggest that we should cast lots?" "He realised it
was the best way to avoid arguing."
1. Donald said it wouldn't be bad if we went down to Folkstone for
the weekend. 2. Douglas volunteered to mend the puncture. 3. Let John
apply to the manager, that's what Helen said. 4. Mrs Hart wrote she would
give a reward to the finder. 5. Jane said she would show me round London.
6. Philip said he would take me for a drive in his new car.
2. Say it in English.
1. Мистер Бейкер предложил обсудить этот вопрос немного
позднее. 2. Марк предложил поводить меня по городу. 3. Кто
предложил вам обратиться к профессору Форду? 4. Инженер
предложил увеличить скорость. 5. Сколько она предложила вам за
пианино? 6. Джо предлагает подвезти нас до вокзала*.
***
признавать(ся) – to admit, to confess
to admit sth – признавать что-л.; быть вынужденным признать
что-л. (под давлением обстоятельств, часто неохотно)
eg to admit one's fault (guilt, mistakes, failure), that one is wrong
(mistaken, to blame)
to confess sth /that... – признаваться в чём-л. (обычно в
результате собственного решения)
3. Say it in English.
1. Мало (недостаточно) признать свою ошибку, нужно
постараться исправить ее. 2. Признаюсь, что это было не очень
вежливо с моей стороны. 3. Хорошо, что мальчик (сам) признался,
что потерял книгу. 4. Том Сойер (Sawyer) признался, что обманул
тетушку, и был прощен. 5. На суде он был вынужден признать свою
вину. 6. Почему ты не признался в этом сразу? 7. Что заставило его
признаться во всем? 8. Она призналась в том, что знала об этом
плане. 9. Он был вынужден признать, что работа выполнена плохо.
10. Он признал, что потерпел неудачу, но это не расхолодило его.
***
40
принимать – to take, to receive, to accept, to adopt, to аdmit
to take sth – 1) принимать меры, действовать
eg to take measures (steps, action)
2) принимать, воспринимать, реагировать
eg How did he take it?
to take sth well (badly, seriously, easy, very much to heart)
3) принимать лекарство и т. п.
eg take (a) medicine (poison, pills)
to receive sb – принимать гостей, пациентов
eg to receive visitors (guests, delegations, patients)
to accept sth – принимать предложение; не отвергать
eg to accept an offer (invitation), a present (job, suggestion, proposal,
challenge), sb's apologies (condolences, candidacy, resignation, help)
to adopt sth – принимать, официально одобрять, утверждать
eg to adopt a decree (bill, constitution, declaration, resolution,
project), tactics
to admit sb to sth – принимать кого-л. в члены организации,
зачислять в учебное заведение
eg to admit sb to college (school, university, a club, an organization)
1. Answer the questions.
1. What was the first decree adopted by the Soviet government? 2.
When was the Declaration of Independence adopted? 3. You told Mr
Hudson that he is to be transferred to another department, didn't you? How
did he take it? 4. You suggested Mr Drake's candidacy, didn't you? Was it
accepted or turned down? Why? 5. Why is it considered bad form not to
accept a present? Explain the meaning of the proverb 'Don't look a gift
horse in the mouth'. 6. Helen will give a home-coming party. You were
asked too, weren’t you? Why didn’t you accept the invitation? 7. Why is it
advisable to make an appointment if you want to see a doctor? 8. The
doctor you consulted prescribed some medicine, didn't he? How is the
medicine to be taken – before or after meals?
2. Say it in English.
1. Когда была принята Конституция России? 2. Резолюция была
принята единогласно. 3. Законопроект был принят. 4. Его отставка не
была принята. 5. Ричард сдал экзамены и был принят. 6. Я принимаю
ваш вызов. 7. Примите мои соболезнования. 8. Я получил
приглашение, но, к сожалению, не могу его принять. 9. Вам пора
41
принимать лекарство. 10. Доктор Стоун не принимает (пациентов) по
четвергам и вторникам. 11. Она принимает все это всерьез (относится
ко всему этому серьезно). 12. Как он воспринял эти новости?
***
случай – incident, accident, case, chance, occasion
incident – случай, происшествие; то, что произошло
eg incidents take place, are remembered (mentioned, forgotten)
accident – несчастный случай, авария
eg to have an accident, meet with an accident, to be injured in an
accident (about people), to be damaged in an accident (about cars, buses,
etc), to die in an accident, in a road accident
case – 1) случай из медицинской или судебной практики
eg а typical (serious, grave, hopeless) case
a case of pneumonia (appendicitis, influenza, the grippe)
2) во фразеологизмах eg in case of fire (emergency), in any case
chance – случай, возможность, шанс
eg have a (no) chance to do (of doing) sth
to have a chance; to take the chance
occasion – 1) случай, событие; повод для чего-л.
eg a festive (special, solemn, ceremonial, melancholy) occasion
2) во фразеологизмах eg What's the occasion? On what occasion...?
on the occasion of sb's arrival (departure, graduation)
on this (that) occasion
Этот случай произошел
This (thing) / it happened
давно
long ago.
Когда произошел этот случай?
When did it happen?
3. Say it in English.
1. Майкл никогда не упоминает об этом случае. 2. Об этом
случае скоро забыли. 3. Кто-нибудь пострадал в результате
несчастного случая? 4. Какой номер набирать в случае пожара? 5.
Вам предоставлялся случай совершить эту поездку. Почему вы им не
воспользовались? 6. Этот случай произошел до того, как я сюда
приехал. 7. У вас гости? По какому случаю?
***
сначала – first, at first
first – сначала; перед тем, как делать остальное
42
eg First read the explanation, then do the exercise.
at first – сначала, на первых порах, поначалу (подразумевается,
что потом планы или ситуация изменились)
eg At first it was difficult for me to drive a car in London.
1. Expand the sentences using 'first' or 'at first'.
1. Before crossing the road look to the left, then to the right. 2. There
is a two-stage presidential election in the USA: the voters elect electors,
then the electors elect President. 3. They wanted to call the baby
Christopher or Rodney, but finally decided on George. 4. I didn't believe
him. 5. Try this number. 6. He is an Australian. I couldn't understand his
accent, but now I've got used to it.
2. Answer these questions using 'first' or 'at first'.
1. How are you getting on with your Chinese? 2. What do the English
begin their breakfast with? 3. Now you like the taste of English
marmalade, don't you? 4. Which part do you usually start reading the daily
newspaper with? 5. You have got used to the Japanese cuisine, haven't
you?
3. Say it in English.
1. Перед тем как переходить улицу, посмотрите сначала налево,
потом направо. 2. Сначала они хотели назвать дочь Констанцией. 3.
Сначала я ему не поверил. 4. Сначала опустите монету, потом
наберите номер. 5. Не говорите ничего, обдумайте все сначала.
***
совсем, совершенно – altogether, at all
altogether – совсем (в утвердительных предложениях)
eg It is out of the question altogether.
at all – совсем, совершенно (в отрицательных предложениях)
eg I don't know this man at all.
4. Say it in English.
1. Герберт совсем забыл голландский*. 2. Рональд совершенно
не помнит датского. 3. Марк совсем испортил свой костюм. 4.
Телевизор совсем сломался. 5. Мне совсем не нравится этот актер. 6.
Я совсем не знаю этого человека. 7. Будьте нашим гидом. Мы совсем
не знаем города.
43
***
убеждать, убедить – to persuade, to convince
to persuade sb (to do sth) – убедить, уговорить кого-л. сделать
что-л.
eg to persuade sb to sign a paper (take a holiday, speak on TV)
to convince sb (of sth) – убедить кого-л. в чём-л., заставить
поверить во что-л.
eg I gave him a lot of arguments but did not convince him.
He is very hard to convince.
to convince sb of (the necessity to do) sth, of the fact that...
to convince sb that...
Notes. 1. To persuade means 'to make somebody act', to convince
means 'to make somebody think in a certain way'.
He persuaded me to give up the job.
He convinced me that the job was no good.
2. To render the Russian 'убеждать' (as distinct from 'убедить') use
either the Continuous form or the verb try.
Eg Он убеждал (убедил) меня остаться.
Не was persuading (tried to persuade; persuaded) me to stay.
Он убеждал (убедил) меня в том, что не виноват.
Не was convincing (tried to convince; convinced) me that he was not
to blame.
3. Note the preposition of after to convince.
Он убедил меня в этом. Я в этом убежден.
Не convinced me of it. I'm convinced of it.
1. Answer the questions. Use the verbs 'convince' and 'persuade'.
1. Why did you go to see the play a second time? 2. Why did the
manager keep you so long? What did he tell you? 3. Why did Mr Crabb
withdraw his candidacy? 4. Why did Mary take a holiday in winter? 5.
Why did Michael decide to become a doctor?
2. Say it in English.
1. Он говорил долго, но никого не убедил. 2. Он никого ни в чем
не убедил. 3. Кто убедил мистера Брэдли подписать этот документ? 4.
Мы убеждали Мэри взять отпуск зимой. 5. Мы убедили ее в том, что
зимой можно тоже хорошо отдохнуть. 6. Мы убеждали Чарльза
изменить свое решение. 7. Мы убедили его изменить свое решение. 8.
44
Его никогда ни в чем не убедишь. 9. Операция необходима.
Постарайтесь ее в этом убедить. 10. Убедите ее согласиться на
операцию.
***
узнавать – to learn, to find out, to recognise, to get to know
to learn (about, of) sth – узнавать о чём-л., как правило, не
прилагая усилий
eg to learn that sth has happened
to learn about sb's arrival (illness, marriage) from sb
to find out about sth – узнавать что-л., приложив усилия;
выяснять
eg to find out the correct time (the number of a flight, sb's address);
to find out about the train (the flight, sb's whereabouts)
to recognise sb, sth – узнавать, вспоминать кого-л., что-л.
eg to recognise a person (a melody, sb's voice, a street)
to get to know sb – узнавать кого-л., ближе знакомиться с кем-л.
eg He will improve on acquaintance.
You'll like him when you get to know him better.
3. Say it in English.
1. Мне не удалось узнать, где он живет. 2. Вы можете узнать это
в справочном бюро. 3. Когда вы ближе узнаете мистера Уайта, вы
поймете, что он неплохой человек. 4. Точное время можно узнать по
телефону. 5. Мы узнали о вашем приезде из письма Джона. 6. Мне не
удалось подшутить над Дэвидом – он сразу же узнал мой голос.
***
хозяин (хозяйка) – master (mistress), host (hostess), owner,
landlord (landlady), house-keeper, housewife
master – хозяин; человек, распоряжающийся кем-л., чем-л.
eg the master (mistress) and the servant
to be master (mistress) in one's own house; to be (the) master of one's
fate (the situation); to be one's own master; the master of a pet (dog, horse)
host (hostess) – хозяин; человек, принимающий гостей в доме
eg the host (hostess) and the guests
owner – хозяин, владелец собственности
eg the owner of a house (a car, an estate)
landlord (landlady) – хозяин; тот, кто сдает внаем дом, квартиру
eg the landlord (landlady) and the lodgers (tenants)
45
house-keeper – 1) хозяйка, экономка, домоправительница;
2) домохозяйка; женщина, ведущая хозяйство
eg a good (bad, thrifty) house-keeper
housewife – домохозяйка; женщина, не работающая в офисе
1. Fill in the gaps with the words 'host', 'master', 'landlady', and
'owner'.
1. At a dinner-party the wife of the guest-of-honour sits on the right
hand of the – . 2. The dog seems to have lost its – . 3. Mrs Prigg, my –,
does not allow her lodgers to keep pets. 4. Everybody wants to be – in his
own house. 5. "Are you the – of this car, sir?" "Yes."
2. Say it in English.
1. Сэм Уэллер любил своего хозяина, хотя и считал его чудаком.
2. Миссис Хадсон, экономка и квартирная хозяйка Шерлока Холмса,
знала, что ее квартирант – известный сыщик. 3. Каждый человек
хочет быть хозяином в своем доме. 4. Миссис Стоун – хорошая
хозяйка. 5. Хозяин пригласил гостей в сад. 6. Владельцы собак
должны платить налог. 7. Собаки очень редко кусают своих хозяев. 8.
Теперь он сам себе хозяин.
GRAMMAR
SENTENCE STRUCTURE AND WORD ORDER
1. There is no inversion in indirect questions.
Where does Mary live? Robert wants to know where Mary lives.
2. To introduce indirect questions use the verbs ask, wonder, want
to know, would like to know.
Eg Robert asks (wonders, wants to know, would like to know) where
Mary lives.
3. Do not use the verb 'interest' to introduce an indirect question.
Она поинтересовалась, пригласили ли Джорджа.
She asked if George had been invited.
'Интересоваться, задавать себе вопрос' is 'wonder'.
Eg I wonder what he wants (what will come of it; what she is up to;
whether he will come).
4. If the verb in the main clause is in one of the Past tenses, the verb
in the object clause is also in the past (unless the grammar rule requires
otherwise).
46
1. Say what questions you were asked (by your teacher, friend).
Eg How are you getting on with your English?
Alice asked me how I was getting on with my English.
(A)
1. What subjects do you study at the university? 2. When will you
take your examination in English? 3. Who will you be examined by? 4.
When did you take an examination in English last? 5. What questions were
you asked? 6. How long were you being examined? 7. What mark did you
get? 8. What have you been doing since you passed your examination? 9.
When will you graduate from the university? 10. What will you do after
you graduate from the university?
(B)
1. Is translating by ear difficult? 2. Is it easier to translate at sight? 3.
Is the text you are translating difficult? 4. Is there anything that you can't
make out? 5. Did you consult any reference-book when translating the text
yesterday? 6. Did you look up the meaning of any word in the dictionary?
7. Have you ever interpreted for a big audience? 8. Do you consider
yourself (Ann, Peter) a good interpreter? Why (not)? 9. Have you ever
spoken English with a native speaker? 10. Has anyone complimented you
on your English?
2. Give the required information. If you cannot, admit your
ignorance saying 'I don't know when/where/who/why ...'.
1. When did the Norman Conquest begin? 2. Why are there so many
words of French origin in the English language? 3. When did England go
decimal? 4. Where is Charles Dickens buried? 5. Where did the first
colonists settle in America? 6. What is the old name of New York? 7. How
did Wall Street get its name? 8. When was slavery abolished in the United
States? 9. What do the stars on the American flag stand for? 10. How
many stars are there on the US flag now?
***
To introduce indirect orders use the pattern tell sb to do sth.
Eg He told me (not) to lock the door.
1. Say what the teacher told the students to do.
Eg Set the tape-recorder for recording.
The teacher told the students to set the tape-recorder for recording.
1. Open your books at page ten. 2. Read the text on page ten. 3.
47
Retell the story in the first person. 4. Speak distinctly. 5. Avoid irrelevant
details. 6. Leave a wider margin. 7. Don't write in the margin. 8. Clean the
board. 9. Do the translation in writing. 10. Review this for our next class.
2. Say it in English.
1. Мэри сказала, чтобы я пригласил Паркеров. 2. Джон сказал,
чтобы мы купили путеводитель по Риму. 3. Грегори сказал, чтобы мы
сделали пересадку в Будапеште. 4. Мистер Клифф сказал, чтобы они
прокомментировали это событие. 5. Я сказал, чтобы Джек проводил
ее.
***
The parenthesis do you think does not call for the inverted word
order. Do-you-think questions are constructed without any other questionforming verbs.
Eg Как вы думаете, где он сейчас находится?
Where do you think he is now?
Для чего, по вашему мнению, этот прибор?
What do you think the device is (used) for?
Вы думаете, они выиграют?
Do you think they will win?
1. Make the questions more personal by changing them. Have the
questions answered.
Eg Why did he mention it?
"Why do you think he mentioned it?"
"Maybe he wanted to see your reaction."
1. Why doesn’t England go over to the right-hand traffic? 2. Why are
sport, art and hobbies the best topics for light social conversation? 3. Why
is chess considered a sport but not a game? 4. Why hasn't TV ousted the
theatre and the cinema? 5. Why do many people like to read crime stories?
6. Why don't some people want to be school teachers? 7. Why should the
patient have confidence in the doctor? 8. Is there life out in the universe or
is the Earth the only planet inhabited by living beings? 9. Are UFOs
(Unidentified Flying Objects) space ships from outer space?
2. Say it in English.
1. Как вы думаете, какой актер будет играть эту роль? 2. Как вы
думаете, когда нам объявят об этом? 3. Почему, как вы думаете,
письмо адресовано миссис Менсон? 4. Сколько времени, по вашему
48
мнению, им понадобится для завершения работы? 5. Вы думаете,
Уолтер согласится на это?
***
Parentheses asking for a repetition are used without conjunctions.
Sentences with such parentheses have no inversion.
Eg Где, как он говорит (пишет, думает), состоится конференция?
Where does he say (write, think) the conference will take place?
If the verb in the parenthesis is in the past, the principal verb is in the
past too.
Eg Как, вы сказали, его зовут?
What did you say his name was?
Кто, как он пишет, это предложил?
Who did he write had suggested it?
1. Ask for a repetition.
Eg "James will take a holiday in May."
"When did you say James would take a holiday?"
1. Shillings and old pence were replaced by decimal currency in
1971. 2. In New York State you can get a driving licence when you are
sixteen. 3. Clifford's birthday is in November. 4. Dennis left the tickets in
Mr Pratt's name. 5. The film is showing at the Odeon. 6. The visa is valid
for three months. 7. The dialling code for Moscow, is 495. 8. The letter is
addressed to Mrs Halifax. 9. It cost Walter twenty-one pounds. 10. The
parcel weighs half a pound.
2. Say it in English.
1. Какой предмет, вы сказали, он преподает? 2. Когда, вы
сказали, у него день рождения? 3. На чье имя, вы сказали, она
оставила билеты? 4. Сколько времени, вы сказали, действительна
ваша виза? 5. Где, вы сказали, идет этот фильм?
3. Ask for a repetition.
Eg "Douglas wrote he would return on Thursday."
"When did Douglas write he would return?"
1. Ann says that William gave her a purse for her birthday. 2. Gladys
said the TV man had charged her two pounds. 3. Bob says the film will be
shown on Channel Two. 4. Madge writes her next exam will be in physics.
49
5. Donald thinks the experiments will be over next week. 6. Max believes
our new manager will be Mr Spencer. 7. Books of etiquette emphasise that
a good conversationalist is first of all a good listener. 8. Wise people say,
"Be careful what you wish for because you may get it." 9. As long as a
woman can look ten years younger than her own daughter, she is perfectly
satisfied. (Oscar Wilde) 10. A deaf husband and a blind wife are always a
happy couple. (Danish proverb)
4. Say it in English.
1. Где, как пишет мистер Спенсер, будет проходить встреча? 2.
Где, как она говорит, сейчас работает Дуглас? 3. Сколько, он говорит,
с него взяли за починку компьютера? 4. Когда, как сказал профессор,
у нас будет экзамен? 5. К кому, он сказал, мне нужно обратиться?
***
Conjunctions are not used to introduce the main clause in the
following pattern.
As the speaker said (pointed out, mentioned) before, labour
productivity has creased considerably.
Differentiate between a parenthesis making reference to the source of
information and an adverbial clause of cause.
Cf As was reported in the press... Как сообщалось в печати...
As was pointed out in the report... Как отмечалось в докладе...
As was clear to everybody... Как было ясно всем...
As it was reported in the press... Так как об этом сообщалось в печати...
As it was pointed out in the report... Так как это отмечалось в докладе...
As it was clear to everybody... Так как это было ясно всем...
Note. Как известно, … is 'as is known...'.
Eg As is known the Earth goes round the Sun.
1. Explain the statements by making reference to the source of
information. Use the parentheses: As was reported in the press…, As
was pointed out in the report…, As is clear from what he said...
1. The cause of the fire is not known. 2. Spending on education has
risen considerably for the past ten years. 3. The minister has been relieved
of his post. 4. The prospects are not encouraging. 5. Differences remain
unreconciled. 6. The project was adopted without anybody objecting to it.
7. They agreed on the issue in principle. 8. The measure brought about
great changes. 9. New moral problems arise every day. 10. They must be
prepared to face economic and social changes.
50
2. Say it in English.
1. Как отмечалось в докладе, вопрос этот в принципе решен. 2.
Как отмечалось в статье, результаты опыта подтвердились. 3. Как
было ясно из выступления докладчика, в этой области предстоит
сделать многое. 4. Как ясно из того, что он сказал, решение будет
принято в ближайшем будущем. 5. Как сообщалось в газетах, 30
октября 1971 года в Каире вспыхнул большой пожар. Сгорел оперный
театр, построенный в 1869 году по случаю открытия Суэцкого
канала*. 6. Как известно, английский монарх царствует (to reign), но
не управляет (to rule).
***
Note the customary English pattern corresponding to the Russian:
В письме (объявлении, записке, рапорте, инструкции, рецепте)
говорится (сказано), что...
Eg В рецепте сказано, что смесь нужно довести до кипения.
The recipe says that the mixture should be brought to boil.
If a letter (a notice, a play-bill, a programme) is quoted, use direct
speech.
Eg В записке было сказано: «Приходите один».
The letter said: "Come alone."
3. Say it in English.
1. В записке говорилось, что мистеру Хортону нужно прийти
одному. 2. В объявлении говорилось, что по вторникам банк
закрыт. 3. В рецепте сказано, что муку следует добавить позднее. 4. В
объявлении сказано, что дети проходят без билета. 5. В программе
сказано, что (роль) Гамлета играет Ричард Броуди. 6. В афише
говорится: «Окончание спектакля в десять часов». 7. В письме
говорилось: «Чем скорее, тем лучше».
***
The pattern Don't you know (remember, like, recognize) ...
expresses surprise – Разве (неужели) вы не знаете (помните, любите,
узнаете) ...
То ask for information say Do you (by any chance) remember …,
Do you (happen to) know ...
Eg Разве (Неужели) он не знает, что Британский музей известен
также своей библиотекой?
51
Doesn't he know that the British Museum is noted also for its library?
Вы (случайно) не знаете, где родился Голсуорси?
Do you (by any chance, happen to) know where Galsworthy was
born?
1. Translate the following into Russian.
1. Doesn't he know that the London underground is called the Tube?
2. Do you know that London Bridge was dismantled and sold to the United
States? 3. Don't they know that the first ten amendments to the US
Constitution are called A Bill of Rights? 4. Doesn't she know that
members of the House of Representatives of US Congress are called
Congressmen? 5. Do you know what monument in Washington is called
the Pencil? 6. Don't they know that the symbol of the US Republican party
is an elephant and the symbol of the Democratic party is a donkey? 7. Do
you know what event in American history is referred to as the Boston Tea
Party?
2. Say it in English.
1. He помните ли вы, кто был президентом США во время
первой мировой войны? 2. Не знаете ли вы случайно, сколько
пассажиров находилось на борту «Титаника» (the Titanic), когда
корабль наскочил на айсберг и затонул? 3. Не помните ли вы, за что,
согласно легенде, у царя Мидаса (Midas [maidəs]) выросли ослиные
уши? 4. Разве он не знает, что в Англии шиллингов в обращении
больше нет? 5. Не знаете ли вы, какой памятник в Лондоне служит
напоминанием о пожаре 1666 года? 6. 'Edinburgh' произносится
['еdinbərə]. Неужели она не знала этого?
***
When using the verbs think, believe, suppose to express an opinion,
put the negator in the main clause.
Cf Думаю, что они не проиграют.
I don't think they will lose the game.
"I don't think he'll do it." "Looks like that."
1. Answer the questions expressing a negative opinion. Use the
suggested words and phrases.
Eg "What are his chances in the election?" (to be elected)
"I don't think (suppose, believe) he will be elected."
52
1. How will the game end? (to lose, win the game) 2. What do you
think of the method Mr Gibbs suggested? (to prove effective) 3. What will
be the outcome of the debate? (to come to an agreement) 4. The decision is
final, isn't it? (to be revised). 5. Can we rely on Robert? (to fail sb) 6. What
will Helen say? (to approve of) 7. How will George take it? (to cheer) 8.
What about Martin? (to like it) 9.What about the project? (to be adopted)
10. How about the report? (to manage it)
2. Say it in English.
1. Думаю, что решение не будет пересмотрено. 2. Полагаю, план
не будет утвержден. 3. Думаю, что Билл не виноват. 4. Думаю, что на
этот раз они не проиграют. 6. Думаю, что Эдвард нас не подведет.
***
When asking and answering questions, avoid a double subject.
"What is rugby?" "Rugby is a kind of football." "I don't know what
rugby is."
1. Choose the correct word or phrase to define the following.
Eg "Is polo a boat, an article of clothing, a game or a bird?"
"Polo is a game."
1. Is bingo a plant, a game, a musical instrument or an animal? 2. Is a
barbecue a military signal, a flower, a picnic or an insect? 3. Is a trunk call
a telephone call, an invitation, a call for help or a code message? 4. Is a
gadget a vegetable, a device, a mineral? 5. Is Piccadilly a monument, a
show place, a dish, a street or a museum?
2. Ask for and give information about the following. If you have
difficulty in giving a definition, consult a dictionary.
Eg a motel
"What is a motel?"
"A motel is a roadside hotel for motorists."
A supermarket, a drive-in, a kilt, a who-dun-it, a squatter, live music,
the bagpipes, a soap opera, a penthouse, window shopping, a kitchen-sink
drama, a request stop, a one-way street, traffic lights, wire tapping, a juke
box, kitch.
3. Say it in English.
53
1. Вы знаете, что такое аллитерация, не так ли? 2. Что такое
морфема? Дайте определение. 3. Дифтонг – это сочетание звуков,
диграф – сочетание букв. 4. Герундий – неличная форма глагола. 5.
Он не знает, что такое постфикс. А вы?
***
Remember that yes introduces affirmative answers, no introduces
negative ones.
Cf Вам не нравится этот человек? – Да, не нравится.
You don't like the man, do you? – No, I don't.
Вам не нравится этот человек? – Нет, нравится.
You don't like the man, do you? – Yes, I do.
1. Confirm or deny the statements.
Eg You don't speak French, do you? – Yes, I do. / – No, I don't.
1. You don't watch TV, do you? 2. Washington isn't the capital of
Washington State, is it? 3. You don't speak English, do you? 4. The
English noun hasn't got the category of gender, has it? 5. Japanese isn't
easy to study, is it? 6. English spelling isn't difficult, is it? 7. You don't
believe in fate, do you? 8. American English doesn't differ from British
English, does it? 9. You can't have everything, can you? 10. You can't turn
back the clock, can you?
2. Say it in English.
1. Мэри не была в Голландии, не так ли? – Нет, была. 2. Она не
знает голландского, не правда ли? – Нет, знает. 3. Питер не был в
Дании, правда? –Да, не был. 4. Он не знает датского, верно? –Да, не
знает. 5. Ирландский язык не похож на английский, не так ли? – Да,
не похож. 6. Швейцарского языка не существует, не так ли? – Да, не
существует. 7. Швеция не граничит с Россией, не так ли? – Да, не
граничит. 8. Норвегия не граничит с нашей страной, не так ли? – Нет,
граничит. 9. Колумб не знал, что он открыл новый континент? – Да,
не знал. 10. Олбани не является столицей штата Нью-Йорк,
правильно? – Нет, является.
***
1. The link-verb in non-emphatic sentences agrees in number with
the subject. Eg The main problem was her children. Her children were
the main problem.
54
2. The verb following a relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent.
Eg It is I who am wrong.
It is they who are right.
It is you who are late.
1. Fill in the gaps.
1. Writers believe that people – the most interesting subject. 2. Our
main consideration – people. 3. Worry, hate and fear – mental poison. 4.
Her only trouble – her relatives. 5. Traffic rules – a must for all drivers. 6.
His one consolation – his friends. 7. Dogs – Britain's national obsession. 8.
Chemicals – a danger to wildlife. 9. It is I who – against it. 10. It was they
who – surprised.
***
1. In sentences with the conjunctions either ... or and neither ... nor
the predicate agrees with the nearest subject.
Eg Neither they nor he has any complaints.
Either you or I am wrong.
2. If the subjects are connected by the conjunction as well as, the
predicate agrees with the first one.
Eg The radio as well as newspapers is a powerful means of
propaganda.
Newspapers as well as the radio are a powerful means of
propaganda.
2. Read the sentences using the verbs in the proper form.
1. Neither Mr Flint nor I (to know) this man. 2. Neither the Hunters
nor Mrs Foot (to doubt) it. 3. Try this number again, I'm sure either the
girls or Alfred (to be) at home. 4. Neither the buses nor the train (to be
running) today. 5. Either the Lanes or Mr Stock (to be to blame). 6.
Neither Great Britain nor the USA (to export) oil. 7. Jane as well as the
boys (to be going) to the game. 8. The captain as well as the passengers (to
be) out of danger. 9. Jack as well as the girls (to be)getting better. 10. The
forester as well as the animals (to be) saved.
***
Question words used in Russian and English may differ since they
refer to different members of the sentence. Note the following patterns.
Как называется это растение?
What is this plant called? What do they call this plant?
55
Как выглядит единорог?
What does a unicorn look like?
Как вы думаете? (Какое ваше мнение?)
What do you think?
1. Ask questions on the words in bold type.
1. In the USA the government is called the Administration,
ministries are called Departments, most of the heads of the Departments
are called Secretaries. 2. The US national flag is called Stars and Stripes,
the British national flag is called Union Jack. 3. Northern Ireland is
called Ulster. 4. The chairman of the House of Commons is called the
Speaker. 5. In England the husband of the reigning Queen is called Prince
Consort, 6. Guards of the Tower of London are called Beefeaters. 7. They
call Agatha Christie the Queen of Crime. 8. The Romans called Zeus
Jupiter. 9. The Scots call lakes lochs. 10. People who travel by train or by
car between one's work in town and one's home in the country are called
commuters. 11. In England a proposal for a new law is called a bill.
2. Say it in English.
1. Как называют полицейских в Англии? 2. Как называют метро
в Нью-Йорке? 3. Как называют бензин в Америке? 4. Как называют
Японию? 5. Как, вы сказали, называется это блюдо? 6. Что за
существо кентавр (a centaur ['sento(r)])? Как он выглядит? 7. В
Лондоне есть памятник Питеру Пэну. Как он выглядит? 8. Энтони с
этим справится. Как вы думаете? 9. Мы обойдемся без него. Как вы
думаете? 10. Я считаю, что это справедливо. А вы как думаете?
***
The word order is inverted if the sentence begins with the emphatic
adverbs and conjunctions: never, only, especially, no sooner ... than ...,
hardly... when ..., under no circumstances, by no means. Note the Past
Perfect after no sooner and hardly.
Eg Never before have we heard him speak like this.
Only then did I realise how unfair I had been.
Especially did I like the first act.
No sooner had she come, than they quarrelled.
Hardly had we reached home, when a hail-storm began.
1. Make the following statements emphatic by placing adverbs
and conjunctions at the beginning of the sentence.
56
1. I liked Ann Weston, the young actress who played the title role. 2.
The snow-storm broke out the moment we reached home. 3. The moment I
entered the room, the telephone started ringing. 4. I've never seen Mark so
angry before. 5. And then Alice realised that nothing could be changed. 6.
Then I remembered his warning. 7. They have never heard Mary sing with
such feeling before. 8. The professor praised Dobbin more than anybody
else. 9. I'll give in under no circumstances. 10. I'll never do it again.
2. Say it in English.
1. Никогда прежде не видели мы Джорджа таким счастливым. 2.
Никогда больше не буду ничего просить у Маргарет. 3. Особенно мне
понравился конец фильма. 4. Не успел мистер Крок приехать из
одной командировки, как его послали в другую. 5. Я устал: только
уехали родственники, как приехали знакомые. 6. Только тогда Дэвид
простил нас. 7. Ни при каких обстоятельствах я не дам такого
обещания.
***
Differentiate between the following types of Russian sentences and
translate them correctly.
Было холодно. It was cold.
Было трудно дышать. It was difficult to breathe.
Было внесено несколько / (очень) много поправок.
A few [a (great) number of, a lot of] amendments were made.
3. Say it in English.
1. Было поздно. 2. Было поздно что-либо менять. 3. Было трудно
разглядеть что-нибудь в темноте. 4. Было трудно расслышать чтонибудь в таком шуме. 5. Было отмечено несколько недостатков. 6.
Было подано много заявлений. 7. Было похищено несколько ценных
картин. 8. Было сделано большое количество конструктивных
предложений. 9. Было допущено несколько ошибок. 10. Было
принято много важных решений.
***
1. Use the anticipatory it after the following verbs in the main clause:
think, consider, appreciate, find, like, hate, owe, make clear.
Eg I think (consider, find) it strange that he refused your offer.
I like (appreciate) it that you came up with a constructive suggestion.
I'd appreciate it if you left me alone.
I hate (don't like) it when you speak like this.
57
She owes it to her coach that she took first place.
He made it clear that my proposals didn't interest him.
2. Clauses denoting manner are introduced by the noun the way.
Eg I appreciate the way you broke the news to her.
I like the way she treats her children.
I don't like the way the boy speaks to his elders.
1. Combine the sentences using the anticipatory 'it' or 'the way'.
Eg Norman won the title. He owes it to you.
Norman owes it to you that he won the title.
John takes defeat easy. I like it about him.
I like the way John takes defeat.
1. Rodney was saved. He knows he owes it to you. 2. Mr Wood
didn't say a word. We consider that it is a good sign. 3. Mr Nash is willing
to take a chance. He said so. 4. Mary was given a free hand. She
appreciated it. 5. Helen is glued to the TV set and has no exercise. I think
it's very bad for her. 6. Geoffrey put this affair out of his mind. I think that
it is very wise of him. 7. Mr Taylor alone has the authority to make
decisions. Evans made it clear. 8. The fingerprints on the glass were Mr
North's. The inspector thought that it was a convincing evidence. 9. Don't
hurry me. I don't like it. 10. Dennis speaks with his superiors with selfrespect. I like it about him. 11. Jane admits failure gracefully. We like it
about her.
2. Say it in English.
1. Никто не любит, когда его перебивают. 2. Джон терпеть не
может, если с ним разговаривают, когда он смотрит футбол по
телевизору. 3. Я был бы вам признателен, если бы вы поговорили с
мистером Скоффом сами. 4. Считаю странным, что никто не поднял
такого важного вопроса раньше. 5. Тем, что Джордж стал известным
ученым, он обязан вам. 6. Мистер Кларк дал понять, что не
собирается комментировать это событие. 7. Терпеть не могу, когда
люди говорят о том, чего не знают. 8. Мне не понравилось, как она
исполняет этот романс. 9. Мне не нравится, как он разговаривает со
своими подчиненными. 10. Мне понравилось, что он сразу признал,
что был не прав. 11. Мне не понравилось то, как вы реагировали на
это происшествие.
***
58
The order of attributes used prepositively depends on their meaning.
Farthest from the noun modified are the epithets (eg nice, beautiful,
charming, famous, notorious, etc), then (from left to right) follow the
attributes denoting 1) size, 2) shape, 3) age, 4) colour, 5) place, origin or
nationality, 6) material.
Eg a charming young girl, a nasty old woman, a small round table, a
large green vase, a heavy iron box, a well-known young French actor
1. Construct phrases observing the accepted order of attributes.
Eg hair (curly – long – dark) – long curly dark hair
1) curtains (silk – old – faded); 2) wallpaper (grey – expensive –
foreign-made); 3) a bear (plush – brown – huge); 4) shrubbery (green –
lush); 5) a lady (charming – young); 6) a creature (old – ugly); 7) a device
(plastic – small); 8) a dress (velvet – black – simple); 9) a town (little –
sleepy); 10) a boy (tall – handsome).
REGULAR AND IRREGULAR VERBS /
Be careful not to use the verb-ending -ed when there is the auxiliary
do in the sentence.
1. Ask questions about people that interest you.
Eg James returned from holiday last week.
Did Alec (Madge, Colin) return too?
1. Frank applied for membership. 2. They delayed Mr Melton in
London. 3. Mark travelled alone. 4. Doris missed the train. 5. Gilbert
entered himself for the competition. 6. Doris complained about her
children. 7. Mr Hardy cancelled the appointment. 8. James stayed for
dinner. 9. Mrs Adams travelled tourist class. 10. Donald objected to it.
2. Ask for confirmation.
Eg Agnes contested the championship.
Agnes did contest the championship, didn't she?
1. It worked out well. 2. Stephen applied for admission. 3. Mr
Williams advertised for a cottage. 4. Mrs Treves advertised the cottage. 5.
They pulled down the house. 6. Howard admitted his mistake. 7. They
agreed on the issue in principle. 8. He blamed everything on Jack. 9. He
called an emergency meeting. 10. They fixed the date.
3. Ask wh-questions to get information about the following.
Eg They revived the play.
59
When (Where, Why) did they revive the play?
1. They crossed the Atlantic. 2. He tripped up. 3. Ann wanted to
leave. 4. Bob sprained his ankle. 5. The Pratts moved to Edinburgh. 6.
Tom called from a call box. 6. The postman delivered the morning post. 7.
I booked a trunk call to London. 8. Mr Stanley resigned. 9. The bomb
failed to detonate. 10. The bomb exploded.
***
Remember the forms of the following verbs:
beat – beat – beaten (бить)
bend – bent – bent (сгибать)
bite – bit – bitten (кусать)
cost – cost – cost (стоить)
draw – drew – drawn (рисовать, тянуть)
feel – felt – felt (чувствовать)
fall – fell – fallen (падать)
find – found – found (находить)
found – founded – founded (основать)
hang – hung – hung (вешать картину, люстру и т. п.)
hang – hanged – hanged (вешать, казнить кого-л.)
lay – laid – laid (положить, класть)
lie – lay – lain (лежать)
lie – lied – lied (лгать)
ring – rang – rung (звонить)
rise – rose – risen (вставать, подниматься)
raise – raised – raised (поднять)
saw – sawed – sawed (пилить)
sew – sewed – sewn (шить)
sink – sank – sunk (тонуть)
spread – spread – spread (распространять)
stick – stuck – stuck (приклеивать)
strike – struck – struck (ударять)
stroke – stroked – stroked (поглаживать)
withdraw – withdrew – withdrawn (устранять)
1. Answer the questions. Give two versions.
Eg When did they sink the submarine?
a) "They sank it a month ago."
b) "It was sunk a month ago."
60
1. When did they lay the cable? 2. Where did they hang the picture?
3. When did they withdraw the troops from the country? 4. When did they
raise the workers' wages? 5. Where did they find the manuscript? 6. When
did they found the museum? 7. When did they draw up the contract? 8.
When did they lay off the workers? 9. When did they raise the alarm?
2. Find out why the following happened. Ask why-questions.
1. Douglas laid the blame on Mr Tucker. 2. Nancy lied to them. 3.
Nicholas's behaviour aroused everybody's indignation. 4. The water in the
river rose. 5. My suspicion fell on Mr Spencer. 6. Jack fell in my esteem.
7. Lawrence rose in my esteem. 8. Mr Williams withdrew his proposal. 9.
My spirits fell. 10. Her spirits rose.
3. Answer the questions in the affirmative.
Eg Did you hear Godfrey ring up for a taxi?
Yes. He rang up for a taxi.
1. Did you hear Jane ring up the enquiry office? 2. Did you see Joe
wind the clock? 3. Did you see Helen beat the rug? 4. Did you hear the
clock strike four? 5. Did you see the man stick the notice on the wall? 6.
Did you see the car stick in the mud? 7. Did you hear the shelf fall down?
8. Did you see Ann sew on the button? 9. Did they see the lightning strike
the tree? 10. Did you see them raise the bridge?
4. Say what would (wouldn't) have happened if the circumstances
had been different.
Eg He felt bad and went to see the doctor.
If he hadn't felt bad, he wouldn't have gone to see the doctor.
1. The coat cost a lot of money and Harris didn't buy it. 2. The boy
annoyed the dog and the dog bit him. 3. Dick fell off a ladder and can't join
us. 4. They didn't stick together and were defeated. 5. Mr Broad didn't lay
claim to the money and didn't get it. 6. Mary didn't wind the clock and it
stopped. 7. The patient wasn't given anaesthetic and felt pain.
5. Change the statements to express certainty or disbelief. Use
'must (can't) + Perfect infinitive'.
Eg The river froze.
61
The river must (can’t) have frozen.
1. The cost of production rose. 2. Lawrence lay in the sun for five
hours. 3. The defendant stuck to his original story. 4. It cost them a lot of
money. 5. They hanged an innocent man. 6. Jack beat him at chess. 7. The
clock struck twelve. 8. They raised a lot of money. 9. The ship sank.
6. Say what the people did provided they acted as they were told,
advised, asked, instructed or ordered.
Eg "Bob, stick the stamp on the envelope."
Bob stuck the stamp on the envelope.
1. Strike a match, Willy. 2. Everybody, bend down and touch your
toes. 3. You'd better spread the herbs out in the sun to dry, Rose. 4. Beat
the yolk into mixture, Helen. 5. Lay the table on the terrace, Jane. 6. Hang
the lamp over the table, Peter. 7. Raise the curtain, Maggy. 8. Rewind the
tape and play it again, Max. 9. Harry, will you saw off the plank? 10.
Stroke the dog, Teddy, don't be afraid.
***
Note the phrases with ‘lie’ and ‘lay’:
to lie in bed (the sun, the shade)
to lie on the ground (the beach, the floor, deck, one's back, one's stomach)
to lie back in an armchair
to lie down
to lay sth aside, to lay aside money
to lay a cable (carpet, trap for sb), linoleum, rails
to lay the table
to lay eggs
1. Fill in the gaps using the verbs 'lie' and 'lay' in the proper
form.
1. What is the meaning of the saying 'Let sleeping dogs – '? 2.
Translate the proverb 'Do not kill a goose that – the golden eggs'. 3. Why
is Daniel – aside money? 4. Why did Agatha – the table for two persons
only? 5. What did the commentator – emphasis on? 6. They – a trap for
George and he fell into it. 7. " – down, Fido," the boy said to the dog. 8.
Harry – on the beach too long and had a touch of the sun. 9. The day was
hot, the animals were – in the shade. 10. The road is up: they are – a cable
or something. 11. They – a wreath at the monument to the Unknown
Warrior. 12. – the book aside and listen to me.
62
2. Say it in English.
1. Отложи книгу в сторону, я хочу поговорить с тобой. 2. Доктор
сказал, чтобы больной лежал на спине. 3. Когда пришли гости, стол
был уже накрыт. 4. Не лежите долго на солнце. 5. Они прокладывали
этот кабель уже целый месяц.
***
The verb rise (rose, risen) is irregular and intransitive. The verb
raise (raised, raised) is regular and transitive.
The verb arouse (aroused, aroused) is regular and transitive and is
used in the figurative sense, with nouns denoting feelings and emotions.
Eg The temperature (blood pressure, rent, taxes, cost of production,
sun, curtain) rose. The standard of living (training, education) rose.
His spirits (sb's wages, labour productivity) rose.
to rise (to one's feet)
to rise to defend one's country (freedom, independence)
to rise in sb's esteem
to raise one's head (eyes, eyebrows, hand, hat, glass, voice)
to raise a question (curtain, bridge)
to raise the standard of living (training, education), (the) taxes, the
rent, spending on sth, public spending, labour productivity
to raise money for sth
to raise sb's wages (cultural level, prestige)/
to arouse sb's anger (indignation, suspicion, curiosity, criticism)
1. Answer the questions using the verbs 'rise', 'raise' and
'arouse'.
Eg The prices grew, didn't they?
Yes, the prices rose considerably.
1. It has become warmer, hasn't it? 2. The taxes got higher, didn't
they? 3. Max's words made you angry, didn't they? 4. Jack got suspicious,
didn't he? 5. The standard of education has become higher. What do you
think? 6. The rent was increased, wasn't it? 7. Martin lifted his hat to greet
Mrs Brewster, didn't you see it? 8. The question shouldn't come up again.
Don't you think so? 9. Mr Woods will get indignant if he hears it, won't
he? 10. Your opinion of Mr Harlow has changed, hasn't it?
2. Say it in English.
63
1. Одной из задач российского радио и телевидения является
повышение культурного уровня населения. 2. Уровень подготовки
переводчиков стал намного выше (значительно возрос). 3. «Если вы
хотите задать вопрос, поднимите руку», – сказал преподаватель. 4.
Метод эффективен: в результате его применения производительность
труда значительно возрастет. 5. Тауэрский мост может быть разведен
(поднят), давая возможность пройти большим кораблям. 6. Когда
вчера взошло солнце? 7. Занавес поднялся, и спектакль начался. 8.
Хозяин встал, поднял бокал и предложил тост. 9. Хорошо, что вы
подняли этот вопрос. 10. Когда он услышал это, настроение его
поднялось.
SPECIFIC VERBS
1. Unlike their Russian equivalents the_yerbs ask (просить), allow,
order, advise (when followed by the infinitive), tell, inform, remind,
enable and fail are used with a personal object. The person that may only
be implied in the Russian sentence should always be mentioned in the
English one.
Eg Она попросила помочь ей.
She asked me (him, us, etc) to help her.
Он не разрешает говорить об этом.
Не doesn't allow me (him, us, etc) to speak about it.
Он приказал выйти из палаты.
Не ordered everybody (the visitors, etc) to leave the ward.
Она посоветовала не откладывать этот визит.
She advised me (us, etc) not to put off the visit.
Он сказал, что не приедет.
Не told us (her, etc) that he wouldn't come.
Он не сообщил о своих планах.
He didn't inform us about his plans.
Природа здесь напоминает Девоншир.
The countryside reminds one of Devonshire.
Это даст возможность улучшить результаты.
It will enable us (them, etc) to improve the results,
He беспокойтесь, он не подведет.
Don't worry, he won't fail you (us, etc).
Командир приказал взорвать мост.
The commander ordered them (his men, etc) to blow up the bridge.
2. If the person is not specified, the pattern object + passive
infinitive is used after allow and the pattern object + passive infinitive or
64
a clause with the verb in the subjunctive mood is used after order.
Eg Он не разрешает читать свои письма.
Не doesn't allow his letters to be read.
Командир приказал взорвать мост.
The commander ordered the bridge to be blown up.
The commander ordered that the bridge should be blown up.
1. Say it in English.
1. Куда Флоренс советует поехать летом? 2. Что вы советуете
подарить Эгнес на день рождения? 3. Скажите, что он за человек. 4.
Мистер Флинт разрешил изменить заглавие статьи. 5. Сестра не
разрешает брать свои книги. 6. Инспектор Холл приказал начать расследование немедленно. 7. Профессор дал распоряжение (приказал)
отложить операцию. 8. Скажите, чтобы он подождал. 9. Если Мэгги
спросит, скажите, что я позвоню ей на работу. 10. Почему вы не
сообщили о своем решении раньше? 11. Мистер Джоунз сообщил о
своих намерениях слишком поздно. 12. Книга напоминает романы
Диккенса. 13. Город напоминает Венецию. 14. Мисс Саунд кого-то
напоминает. Не могу вспомнить кого.
After the verbs demand and suggest use a clause with the verb in the
subjunctive mood, do not use the infinitive.
Они потребовали (предложили) пересмотреть решение.
They demanded (suggested) that the decision should be revised.
Demand is followed by an infinitive if the action of demand and the
action of the infinitive refer to one and the same person.
Eg He demanded to see the manager. = He wanted to see the
manager and he demanded it.
He demanded to be introduced to her. = He wanted to be introduced
and he demanded it.
Note the way the following sentences should be translated:
Ему предложили хороший план.
А good plan was suggested to him.
Ему предложили возглавить делегацию.
It was suggested that he should head the delegation.
1. Ask why-questions. Use the verbs 'demand' and 'suggest'.
Eg "The matter should be put to the vote, that is my suggestion," said
Mr Hunt.
65
Why did Mr Hunt suggest that the matter should be put to the vote?
1. "Do the exercise all over again," demanded the teacher. 2. "Don't
write in pencil," said the teacher to the students. 3. "Let's make a tour of
the city in the morning," suggested the guide. 4. "You had better call him
up at the office," said Ann. 5. "Write her at this address," suggested
Michael.
2. Ask questions and answer them. Use the verbs 'demand',
'suggest' and 'order'.
Eg They went to France by way of Hungary.
"They went to France by way of Hungary, didn't they?"
"It was Helen who suggested that they should go to France by way of
Hungary."
1. Inspector Brown was put in charge of the case. 2. Paul wrote an
application for admission. 3. Jane rang up the Lost and Found Department.
4. We wrote him care of Mrs Graves. 5. Paragraph five was amended. 6.
Point six was deleted. 7. The name was crossed out. 8. The reporter toned
down his article.
3. Say it in English.
1. Британские профсоюзы требуют национализировать все
основные отрасли промышленности. 2. Ученый потребовал повторить
эксперимент. 3. Все потребовали отложить собрание. 4. Они
потребовали обсудить выступление мистера Брука. 5. Редактор
предложил изменить заглавие. 6. Мистер Стэнли предложил
утвердить решение. 7. Мистеру Дэнлопу было предложено
прокомментировать это сообщение. 8. Было предложено поставить
этот вопрос на голосование. 9. Режиссер предложил мисс Грей
сыграть главную роль в новом фильме. 10. Продавец предложил
покупателю зайти в конце недели.
***
1. Unlike its Russian equivalent 'повторять' the verb to repeat is
followed by a direct object.
Eg Что вы сказали, повторите, пожалуйста.
What did you say? Repeat it, please.
Вы повторяетесь.
You are repeating yourself.
66
Note. 'Повторять пройденный материал' is to review sth.
Eg to review a rule (paragraph, lesson).
2. The Russian reflexive verbs 'пугаться', 'обижаться', 'убеждаться',
'смущаться', 'удивляться', 'разочаровываться', 'сбываться', 'осуществляться', 'оставаться (в остатке)' are rendered in English by the passive
construction.
Eg to be (get) frightened (offended, convinced, embarrassed,
surprised, disappointed, realized); to be left.
Ее мечты сбылись. Her hopes were realised.
Она обиделась. She got offended.
Сколько времени осталось? How much time is left?
3. Note the absence of the reflexive pronoun after the verbs to feel
(in the pattern to feel + adjective) and to behave.
Cf Она чувствовала себя прекрасно (плохо, неловко).
She felt fine (bad, awkward).
Он вел себя странно.
He behaved strangely.
Она вела себя так, как будто была хозяйкой дома.
She behaved as if she were the mistress of the house.
Note. Behave oneself means 'behave properly, show good manners'
(usually about children).
4. With the verb to revenge when the person is mentioned, use the
reflexive pronoun.
Eg Он поклялся отомстить своему врагу.
Не swore to revenge himself upon his enemy.
But: to revenge an insult (injustice, injury).
1. Say it in English.
1. Мальчик испугался и убежал. 2. Не обижайтесь. 3. До отхода
поезда осталось пять минут, 4. Девочка смутилась. 5. Он убедился,
что все это правда. 6. Мы уже повторили этот материал. 7. Я не слышал, что вы сказали. Повторите, пожалуйста. 8. Она ведет себя так,
как будто всегда права. 9. Он чувствовал себя неловко. 10. Билл
сказал, что отомстит ей за эти слова. 11. Я рад, что ваши планы осуществились. 12. Не повторяйтесь.
***
67
1. The verb to risk is transitive. After it use a noun (pronoun) or a
gerund
Eg to risk one's life (reputation, health, career, fortune).
to risk climbing a mountain (crossing a river).
to risk being punished (expelled, fired, killed).
Cf He рискуйте жизнью.
Don't risk your life.
Я рискнул позвонить мистеру Батлеру.
I risked calling up Mr Butler.
Note. Very often the idea 'рисковать' is expressed with the help of
the phrases to take a chance, to take chances.
Eg Я рискну.
I'll take a chance.
Не рискуйте.
Don't take chances.
Мы не можем рисковать.
We can't take (any) chances.
Не рискуйте по-глупому.
Don’t take any foolish chances.
***
2. The verb to envy as distinct from the Russian 'завидовать' may be
used both intransitively and transitively.
Eg Я завидую вам.
I envy you.
Я завидую вашему здоровью (ее силе воли, его везению)
I envy your good health (her will power, his luck).
The verb to envy can be used with two objects. This pattern
corresponds usually to the Russian complex sentence.
Eg I envy him his job (his well-behaved children, his relatives).
Я завидую тому, что у него такая работа (такие воспитанные
дети, такие родственники).
Note the difference:
I envy his friends.
Я завидую его друзьям.
I envy him his friends.
Я завидую тому, что у него такие друзья.
The idea of being unhappy because of somebody's better fortune,
health, etc. may be expressed by the adjective jealous.
Eg She envies you your success. = She is jealous of your success.
68
The specific use of to be jealous is 'ревновать кого-л.'.
Note the way the following is expressed in English:
Он ревнует свою жену.
Не keeps a jealous eye on his wife.
Он ревнует свою жену к Майклу.
Не is jealous of Michael.
Что касается Мэри, он ревнует ее ко всем.
As for Mary he is jealous of everybody.
1. Say it in English.
1 Роберт рисковал жизнью ради вас. 2. Не рискуйте своим
добрым именем (своей репутацией). 3. Дэвид понимал, что рискует
потерять все, но не перестал бороться 4. Он рискует быть
исключенным. 5. Ситуация была благоприятная, и Питер решил
рискнуть 6. Не рискуйте. 7. Мистер Браун никогда не рискует. 8. Мы
не можем рисковать, все должно быть тщательно проверено 9 Джон
завидует вашему успеху. 10. Завидую тому, что у вас такие друзья.
11. Можно ли добиться чего-нибудь, не рискуя? 12. Напрасно вы
испытываете чувство ревности по отношению к Робину. Он
совершенно не обращает внимания на вашу жену.
***
TENSES
Review the general meaning of a) the Indefinite tenses; b) the
Continuous tenses; c) the Perfect tenses; d) the Perfect Continuous tenses.
Consult a textbook on English Grammar.
1. Identify the forms of the verbs 'discuss', 'paint', 'change'.
was discussing, will have painted, will have been changed, have been
discussing, was being painted, have changed, have been changed
2. Give the forms of the verbs 'repair' and 'type' as required.
the Present Continuous (active and passive), the Present Perfect
(active and passive), the Future Indefinite (passive), the Present Perfect
Continuous (active)
***
1. The verb to be has no Perfect Continuous form, the Perfect form is
used instead.
Eg He has been ill since Monday.
She has been here since morning.
69
How long have they been away?
2. Verbs in the passive voice have no Perfect Continuous form, the
Perfect form is used instead.
Eg Они ремонтируют дорогу с марта
They have been repairing the road since March.
Дорогу ремонтируют с марта.
The road has been repaired since March.
3. In how-long and since-when-questions use the Perfect Continuous
tense.
Eg How long have you been translating the book?
Since when have you been translating the book?
But: How long have you been here?
How long have you known him?
He has lived here for ten years.
.
4. In sentences with the verb in the Present Perfect Continuous
instead of already use now.
Eg Я жду уже целый час.
I have been waiting for an hour now.
1. Say it in English.
1 Букингемский дворец является резиденцией английских
королей с 1837 года. 2. Этот праздник отмечается в Англии с 15 века.
3. Дождь идет со вчерашнего дня. 4. Джордж отсутствует со
вторника. 5. Мэри больна с четверга. 6. Давно вы учите датский? 7.
Робин учит голландский уже два года. 8. Вы здесь давно? - С
прошлой недели. 9. Рельсы прокладывают уже два месяца.
***
1. In when-questions and in clauses introduced by the conjunction
when use the Past Indefinite tense, do not use the Present Perfect.
Eg When did she leave?
I want to know when she left.
It was still dark when they left.
2. In questions .with the pattern to see (hear, notice, watch) sb do
sth the Past Indefinite tense rather than the Present Perfect is used.
Eg Вы видели, как самолет взлетел?
70
Did you see the plane take off?
Вы слышали, как объявляли наш рейс?
Did you hear our flight called?
***
3. Use just now with the Past Indefinite, with the Perfect tense use
just.
Eg I met him just now.
I've just met him.
He said he had just talked to her.
1. Say it in English.
1. Когда объявили эти новости? 2. Когда был подписан этот
договор? 3. Разве вы не слышали, как звонил телефон? 4. Я только
что расстался с ним. 5. Фрэнк только что вернулся из отпуска.
***
То express the meaning 'через' use later with reference to the past,
use in with reference to the future.
Eg He left an hour (a week, two days) later.
He will leave in a minute (a week's time, an hour).
'Ha днях' is one of these days with the future action and the other
day when reference is made to the past.
Eg We shall meet one of these days.
I met him the other day.
1. Say it in English.
1. Я встретил ее на днях у Браунов. 2. Давайте продолжим этот
разговор через неделю. 3. Через десять минут Джек вернулся и
сказал, что все в порядке. 4. Думаю, что этот вопрос решится на днях.
5. Мы выходим из дому через час. Не опаздывайте.
***
Review the adverbial modifiers of time used with each tense form.
Consult a textbook on English Grammar.
1. Say what tense forms are normally used with the following
indications of time.
last week, a month ago, yesterday, the day before yesterday, the
previous year, in 1975, in 1995, by next September,, by last September, by
this time yesterday, this time yesterday, this time tomorrow, since last
year, since he returned, from five till seven yesterday, from five till seven
71
tomorrow, still, for a fortnight now, never, yet
2. Say what indications of time are normally used with the
following tenses.
the Present Indefinite, the Past Indefinite, the Past Continuous, the
Past Perfect Continuous, the Present Perfect, the Past Perfect
3. Add indications of time given in brackets to the sentences.
Change the tense of the verbs if required.
Eg Roger is playing the violin.
Roger has been playing the violin since morning.
Roger was playing the violin this time yesterday.
(a) James is playing baseball. John is skating. Helen is watching TV.
(since morning; for an hour now; still; this time tomorrow)
(b) Mark returned from Glasgow. Robert called me up.
(just; just now; in a fortnight; the other day; by mid-August; a month
later)
(c) The patient is being examined. The resolution is being discussed.
The house is being painted.
(this time tomorrow; for half an hour now; by the time we came; before we return; the previous day; last Thursday)
(d) Ann is ill. Donald is on a fishing outing. Mr Watt is on holiday.
(since Tuesday; for a week now; at that time; How long?)
4. Change the sentences by putting the verb in the tense forms
suggested in brackets. Add suitable indications of time.
(a) Miss Murray teaches Spanish. (the Present Perfect Continuous;
the Past Perfect Continuous)
(b) They are testing the plane. (the Future Continuous; the Past
Perfect, the Past Continuous; the Present Perfect Continuous)
(c) The car will be fixed. (the Present Perfect; the Future Perfect; the
Past Continuous)
72
***
Compare the meaning of the following tenses:
a) the Present Continuous – the Present Perfect
b) the Present Continuous – the Present Perfect Continuous
c) the Present Indefinite – the Present Continuous – the Past
Continuous
d) the Present Perfect – the Past Perfect
e) the Present Perfect – the Past Indefinite
f) the Present Continuous – the Present Perfect (Continuous) – the
Past Perfect (Continuous)
1. Answer the questions. Say that the action is no longer in
progress, but has been completed.
Eg "Are they still discussing Mr Scott's candidacy?" (turn sth down)
"No, they have turned it down."
1. Is Jane Bantry still writing her novel? (to be published) 2. Is Mr
Watkins still working here? (to be fired) 3. Is Helen still away? (return) 4.
Is Mr Hall still staying at this hotel? (check out) 5. Are they still making
the investigation? (close the case) 6. Is the clock still running? (stop)
2. Answer the questions. Say that the action is still in progress.
Eg "Have they settled the questions?" (argue)
"No, they are still arguing."
1. Has Maurice found a job? (look for sth) 2. Have you got rid of
insomnia? (suffer from sth) 3. Has Guy written his research paper? (work
at sth) 4. Has your apartment been redecorated? (redecorate sth) 5. Have
the votes been counted? (count sth) 6. Has the clock stopped? (run)
3. Answer the questions. Say that the action started some time
ago and is still going on. Use the suitable indications of time.
Eg "Is Ruth still packing the things?"
"Yes. She has been packing the things since morning."
1. Is Horace still making a film about skin-diving? 2. Are they still
advertising such smart phones? 3. Is Miss Abbs still working on this
airline? 4. Is James still on sick leave? 5. Are they still loading the ship?
73
4. Ask questions about the person's activities at a certain point or
during a certain period of time.
Eg Uncle Podger watches TV every day.
Is he watching TV now?
Was he watching TV at seven o'clock yesterday?
1. Rose dusts the furniture regularly. 2. James is fond of playing
baseball. 3. Martin's hobby is skating. 4. Andrew devotes a great deal of
time to reading. 5. Ann cooks dinner every day.
5. Answer the questions. Say that the action had been completed
by a certain moment in the past.
Eg "Has the puncture been mended?"
"It had been mended by three o'clock yesterday."
1. Has the dress been dry-cleaned? 2. Has the coat been altered? 3.
Has the luggage been delivered? 4. Has the film been developed? 5. Have
the pictures been printed?
6. Answer the questions. Say that the action was done some time
ago. Use suitable indications of time.
Eg "Has your luggage been cleared?"
"It was cleared just now (five minutes ago, etc.)"
1. Has your luggage been weighed? 2. Has the boat sailed off? 3.
Has the train got in? 4. Has the train departed? 5. Has the plane landed? 6.
Has the plane taken off?
7. Answer the questions. Say how long the action has (had) been
going on before the moment of speech (before a certain moment in the
past).
Eg "Are the students still being examined?"
"They have been examined for an hour now."
"When I came, they had been examined for an hour."
1. Is the patient still being operated on? 2. Is the plane still being
tested? 3. Is the TV set still being fixed? 4. Is the road still being repaired?
5. Is the paper still being typed? 6. Are the windows still being washed? 7.
Is the meal still being cooked?
74
***
1. Mind that the Future tense forms are not used in clauses of time
and condition after the conjunctions: before, after, while, as long as, as
soon as, till, until, if, in case, unless.
Note. The Future tense is used in case when and if introduce object
clauses.
Cf We shall think about it when we get there,
He asked me when we would get there.
We shall think about it if we get there.
I doubt if we shall get there.
2. The conjunctions before, till, until, unless introduce affirmative
but not negative clauses.
Cf Я не уйду, пока (если) не увижу его.
I won't leave before (till, unless) I see him.
3. Do not combine the conjunctions in case and if.
Cf Я поговорю с мистером Смитом, в случае если это будет
необходимо.
I'll talk to Mr Smith in case it is (if it is) necessary.
***
1. React to the statements using conditional clauses.
Eg "Maybe he'll come. What shall I tell him?"
"If he comes, tell him I am not to be disturbed."
1. George may ask for you. What shall I tell him? 2. Maybe Ann will
go out. Shall I ask her to buy anything? 3. Jane may ask where you are.
What shall I answer? 4. I think you'll be home earlier. Will you cook
dinner? 5. I hope Harold will get the prize. Let's celebrate it. 6. When
translating this text, don't forget to convert Fahrenheit to Centigrade. 7. I
hear you want to go to Dublin. Try to get in touch with Mr Adams there. 8.
They may be still repairing the road. In this case turn to the left at
Waterloo Bridge. 9. The weather forecast may be unfavourable. If so, I
advise you to put off your trip. 10. The Richardses may want to stay
overnight. Will you be able to accommodate them?
2. Say it in English.
1. Сомневаюсь, что вам удастся достать билет. 2. Сомневаюсь,
что пьеса вам понравится. 3. Нора не знает, когда она вернется. 4.
75
Узнайте, когда будет готов ваш костюм. 5. Вы знаете, когда будут
продавать билеты? 6. Вам не разрешат пройти к самолету, пока вы не
пройдете таможенный досмотр. 7. Мы не сможем действовать, пока
не получим ее согласия. 8. Заплати за проезд, пока тебя не
оштрафовали. 9. Я не успокоюсь, пока, не узнаю, что они в
безопасности.
3. Express the same idea using a complex sentence with the conjunctions 'if, 'before', 'when', 'after', 'in case', 'unless'.
Eg She'll have to go through the customs, then she'll be allowed to
get on board the plane.
She won't be allowed to get on board the plane if she doesn't go
(unless, before she goes) through the customs.
She will be allowed on board the plane only after she goes through
the customs.
1. You'll have to produce your identification paper, otherwise you
won't get the parcel. 2. To be allowed to take part in the boat-race Jerry
will have to undergo a thorough check up. 3. Glen must do what the doctor
says, otherwise he'll never get better. 4. Maybe the photo will not come
out. Then you'll have to take another picture. 5. Pay the money. You won't
be admitted without paying the entrance fee. 6. First make an appointment.
The doctor won't see you without an appointment. 7. You'll have to give
Stephen some proof. Only then will he believe you. 8. Leave him a note,
otherwise he won't know where you will be. 9. You'd better keep to a diet,
otherwise you'll develop complications. 10. Jane had better cut out the
advertisement from the paper, otherwise she may forget the address.
4. Say it in English.
1. Я не поеду в Швецию, пока не выучу шведского языка. 2. Я не
поверю вам, пока не увижу письма, которое она написала понорвежски. 3. Пока мистер Холмс будет в Гааге, вы сможете найти
его по этому адресу. 4. Паркеры будут в октябре в Эдинбурге, если
только не уедут в Италию. 5. Разбудите меня, когда мы будем лететь
над Данией. 6. Поговорите с ним до того, как он уедет в Португалию.
7. В случае, если вам не понравится в Шотландии, вы сможете
поехать в Уэльс. 8. Не ходите в музей, пока не прочтете эту книгу о
голландской живописи. 9. Он сказал, что не поедет в Швейцарию до
тех пор, пока Роберт не вернется из Испании. 10. Я скажу вам, если
76
вас будет вызывать Рим.
***
In clauses introduced by the nouns minute, moment, time no Future
tense is used.
Eg I'll let you know the moment (minute) he gets in (she calls).
By the time he returns (gets in touch with them) everything will end.
Note. Do not use the conjunction when after by the time.
Cf К тому времени, когда вы вернетесь, он уже закончит
университет.
The Future tense is not used in adverbial clauses of comparison
introduced by the, i.e. no Future tense is used after the first the.
Eg Чем больше вы будете говорить, тем менее убедительно
будут звучать ваши слова.
The more you speak the less convincing you will sound.
1. Say it in English.
1. Я дам вам знать сразу же, как только что-нибудь узнаю. 2. Он
узнает вас, как только увидит. 3. Мэри узнает его, как только
услышит его голос. 4. К тому времени, когда вы придете, всех уже
проэкзаменуют. 5. Вы почувствуете себя лучше, как только примете
это лекарство. 6. К тому времени, когда вы туда доберетесь, уже
стемнеет. 7. Вы вспомните эту мелодию, как только услышите ее.
2. Insert the verbs 'shall' or 'will' if required. The action of the
statements refers to the future.
1. Make your memory work. The more you – memorise the easier
you – find it. 2. The more you – give her the more she – clamour for. 3.
The more you – learn about the affair the less you – like it. 4. The older
you – get the more tolerant you – become. 5. The more we – study the
more we – forget, the more we – forget the less we – know. Why study?
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
The form of the subjunctive mood used in the adverbial clause of
condition to express imaginary supposition coincides with the Past
Indefinite tense form.
Cf He came home. (The Past Indefinite)
;
If he came, they would be glad. (The Subjunctive)
The verbs would (might, could) + Indefinite infinitive are used in
77
the main clause.
1. Answer the questions and react to the following making
supposition.
Eg "I hear you may go to London. You'll stay with the Parkers, won't
you?"
“I won’t go to London. But if I did, I wouldn’t stay with them.”
1. I hear you'll take a holiday next month. You’ll make a cruise on
the Mediterranean Sea, won't you? 2. I hear you'll give a party. They say
you'll ask Mr. Norman. Is it true? 3. Mr Blake says Mr Brown is going to
hospital and you'll take on for him. Is that so? 4. I hear you intend to have
a pet in the house. Get yourself a canary. 5. If you want to have a suit
made, have it made by Mr Harper's tailor. 6. Ann says you'll rent a cottage
for the summer together with the Walkers. 7. If you want to study a foreign
language, study Japanese.
2. Ask questions based on the following facts and have them
answered.
Eg Madge can't convince George.
"Do you think you could convince George?"
"I believe I could if I had a chance to talk to him."
1. Douglas can't cope with the task. 2. Ann can't translate the text. 3.
Mary can't fix the TV set. 4. Joe couldn't swim across the river. 5. They
couldn't find a solution to the mystery. 6. I couldn't get the stain out. 7. I'm
sure Bill has been lying all the time but I can't find him out. 8. I can't make
Yorkshire pudding. Could you make it? 9. None of us could come to an
understanding with Mr Tweed. 10. I did not manage to talk Bill out of this
venture.
***
The form of the subjunctive mood in the adverbial clause of
condition, denoting an action which is impossible to fulfil, coincides with
the Past Perfect form.
Cf He said he had consulted Dr Todd. (The Past Perfect)
If he had consulted Dr Todd, he would have recovered long ago.
(The Subjunctive)
The verbs would (could, might) + Perfect infinitive are used in the
main clause.
78
1. Say what would (might) have happened if the circumstances
had been different.
Eg It was dark and we lost our way.
"If it hadn't been dark, we would (might) not have lost our way."
1. Bernard trained a lot and won the championship. 2. The driver
checked the brakes before setting off and discovered the fault. 3. They
tried artificial respiration and saved the woman. 4. Mr Bantry raised the
necessary money and wasn't brought before court. 5. Something went
wrong with the engine and the pilot made a forced landing. 6. The road
was up and they made a detour. 7. The speaker had fallen ill and they
cancelled the lecture. 8. None of them could trace the fault and they called
in a repair man. 9. There was no through train and we had to make a
change. 10. They were delayed and missed the 5.50 train.
Different types of the subjunctive used in the same sentence show
that the cause and the effect refer to different moments.
Eg If Albert were not so absent-minded (in general), he would have
given you my message (yesterday, last Monday, etc).
If Albert had given you my message (yesterday, last Monday, etc), I
would not be so angry (now).
1. Explain the action that took place in the past by a general state
of affairs.
Eg Paul can take a joke.
"If Paul couldn't take a joke, he would have got offended."
1. Jane is light-minded. 2. The doctor is competent. 3. Mr Dodd's
secretary is efficient. 4. George is reserved. 5. Peter takes things easy. 6.
Michael is very suspicious. 7. Henry is stubborn. 8. Ann is easy to deal
with. 9, John is a hard-working student. 10. Iris knows Russian history
well.
2. Explain the present state of affairs by an action that took place
in the past.
Eg Alex is angry.
"Alex wouldn't be angry if you hadn't argued with him yesterday."
1. Helen is distressed. 2. We are surprised. 3. Allan is worried. 4.
79
Madge is tired. 5. James is upset. 6. Robert is discouraged. 7. Colin is in a
bad temper. 8. George is feeling ill at ease. 9. Alice is disappointed. 10.
Barbara is so happy.
2. Construct cause-and-effect sentences based on the facts given
below.
Eg (a) Godfrey is colour-blind.
If Godfrey were not colour-blind, he could get a driving licence.
(b) The gun wasn't loaded.
If the gun had been loaded, the boy might have been wounded.
1. The certificate is out of date. 2. The material did not shrink in
washing. 3. Edward is a good shot. 4. Neither side agreed to compromise.
5. Carol is having pricks of conscience. 6. Howard had an identification
card. 7. The boy annoyed the dog. 8. The watch is shockproof. 9. Gerald is
a reckless driver. 10. Walter is a careful driver. 11. The road was wet and
slippery. 12. They were driving at full speed.
3. Answer the questions. Think of similar questions and have
them answered.
1. What would you do if you were offered the post of manager of a
big plant (that of President of Academy of Sciences; Head of a college;
Russian Ambassador to Sweden)? Would you accept the post? Why (not)?
2. What would you do if you were invited to make a round-the-world
trip in a boat as a member of an international team? In what capacity
would you like to join the team?
3. What would you do if you were invited to play a part in a film?
What part do you think you could play best? Why?
4. What would you like to be given for your birthday? What would
you do if you were given a crocodile?
5. What would you do if you were left behind when travelling by
train?
6. What would you do if a fire broke out in your country-house?
7. What would you do if you won a thousand?
8. What would you do if you had your apartment broken into?
9. What would you like to have to feel absolutely happy?
10. If you had your life to live over, what would (wouldn't) you do?
4. Answer the questions.
80
1. The boy has got five pencils. How many pencils would he have if
you gave him another five pencils?
2. Miss Dixon is a telephone operator. She went on duty at ten in the
evening and went off duty at five in the morning. How long was she on
duty?
How long would she have been on duty if she had been relieved at
six in the morning?
How much time could you work without being relieved if you were а
telephone operator?
3. Mr Manson was driving at a speed of sixty miles an hour and got
to his destination in three hours. How long would it have taken him to
reach his destination if he had driven at a speed of thirty miles an hour?
If you were driving a car, at what speed would you be driving in
populated areas (along a highway)? Where would you slow down? Why?
4. Mr Robertson checked in at the hotel on Tuesday and checked out
on Thursday. How long did he stay at the hotel? How long would he have
stayed at the hotel if he had checked out on Friday? Where would you stay
if you went somewhere on a mission – at a hotel or at your relatives'?
Why?
5. Sam is a mechanic. He was taken on in January and was dismissed
in November. How long did he stay with the company? How long would
he have been with the company if he had been dismissed in March? Why
do you think he was dismissed?
6. Mrs Jackson went shopping. She meant to spend three dollars.
She spent four dollars instead. How much did she overspend? How much
would she have overspent if she had bought five dollars' worth of food?
7. Mr Patterson went on a sightseeing tour to Italy in May and was in
that country five weeks. When did he come back to England? When would
he have returned if he had stayed in Italy a month? Where would you like
to go first if you had a chance to go abroad?
8. Would you distinguish French from Spanish (Dutch from Danish,
Swedish from Norwegian) if you heard them spoken? Why (not)?
5. Say it in English.
1. Если бы директором был я, я вел бы себя иначе. – Поэтому вы
и не директор. 2. Если бы Питер соблюдал правила уличного
движения, его бы так часто не штрафовали. 3. Если бы вы купили
путеводитель, вы бы не заблудились. Почему вы не сделали этого? 4.
Если бы картину повесил я, она бы не упала. 5. Если бы Марк не был
81
таким легкомысленным, этого бы не произошло. 6. Если бы вчера ей
этого не сказали, она не была бы сейчас такой расстроенной.
***
Note the use of the subjunctive in adverbial clauses of comparison
introduced by the conjunctions as if and as though. If the action of the
adverbial clause precedes that of the main clause, use the form of the
subjunctive coinciding with the Past Perfect.
Eg Она выглядит (выглядела) так, как будто перенесла тяжелую
болезнь.
She looks (looked) as if she had just recovered from a long illness.
***
To denote a simultaneous action use the forms of the subjunctive
coinciding with the Past Indefinite or the Past Continuous tense forms.
Eg Она выглядит (выглядела) так, как будто (была) нездорова.
She looks (looked) as if she were ill (feeling bad).
1. Comment on the following situations using adverbial clauses of
comparison.
Eg He is not a criminal.
Don't treat him as a criminal.
Don't treat him as though he were a criminal.
Jane has never been to France but she speaks good French.
Jane sounds so natural as if she had lived in France for a long time.
1. From what Mr Dell says one might think he has never heard about
such devices. 2. Judging by Jeff's behaviour one might think he has visited
this country before. 3. From the way Mr Weld acts one may think he is the
boss here. 4. Looking at these houses one might imagine that they are
convenient. 5. The coat wasn't dry-cleaned. But I thought it had been. 6.
Jane wasn't tired, but she looked tired. 7. Christopher was thirty. But he
felt a hundred. 8. The car is badly damaged. One might think it had
collided with a dozen lorries. 9. He is out of breath. One may think he has
run a mile. 10. I'm not a child. Don't treat me as a child.
2. Say it in English.
1. Джейн говорит по-испански так хорошо, как будто она долго
жила в Испании. 2. Вы говорите так, как будто видели все это сами. 3.
Билл ведет себя так, как будто ничего не произошло. 4. Нелл ведет
себя так, как будто ничего не знает. 5. Вы говорите так, как будто
82
недовольны.
***
THE VERBALS
The Infinitive
After the verbs to see, to hear, to watch, to notice, to feel followed
by a noun or a pronoun
a) use the infinitive without the particle to,
eg I saw him drive away.
Watch me jump the fence.
I'd like to see it happen.
They heard him say it.
b) instead of the passive infinitive use the participle,
eg They watched (saw) the car (being) filled up.
Everybody heard the news (being) announced.
1. Answer the questions.
Eg The car collided with a lorry. They all saw it.
"What did all of them see?" "They saw the car collide with a lorry."
1. The car hit a lamp-post. The policeman saw it. What did the
policeman see? 2. Mary said she despised Michael. Michael heard it. What
did Michael hear? 3. Somebody tugged Jack by the sleeve. Jack felt it.
What did Jack feel? 4. The house caught fire. They didn't notice it. What
didn't they notice? 5. Tom and Harold were playing tennis. Madge was
watching it. What was Madge watching?
2. Answer the questions. Give two versions.
Eg The doctor was examining the patient. Robert saw it.
"What did Robert see?" "Robert saw the doctor examine the patient."
"Robert saw the patient examined."
1. They were discussing the review and Peter heard it. What did Peter
hear? 2. The postman delivered a telegram. Simon saw it. What did Simon
see? 3. The master of ceremonies announced the next number but Mary
did not hear it. What didn't Mary hear? 4. The secretary took the paper
away but the manager didn't notice it. What didn’t the manager notice? 5.
The centre forward scored a goal, Bill saw it. What did Bill see? 6. The
teacher explained the rule. The student didn't hear it. What didn't the
student hear? 7. Mr Reeves mentioned your name. Derek heard it. What
83
did Derek hear? 8. Mr Foster switched on a cassette-recorder. John noticed
it. What did John notice?
***
The Russian complex sentence 'Я видел (слышал, наблюдал,
заметил, почувствовал), как кто-л. сделал что-л.' (if the action but not
the manner is meant) is rendered in English by a simple sentence with the
pattern to see (hear, watch, notice, feel) + noun (pronoun) + infinitive
(participle).
Eg Никто не видел (слышал, заметил), как он вышел.
Nobody saw (heard, noticed) him go out.
1. Say it in English.
1. Студенты не слышали, как прозвенел звонок. 2. Пассажиры не
почувствовали, как самолет оторвался от земли. 3. Вы слышали, как
об этом объявляли? 4. Пассажиры видели, как взвешивали их багаж.
5. Туристы наблюдали, как поднимают флаг. 6. Он почувствовал, как
кто-то взял его за руку. 7. Рой заметил, как девушка что-то сказала
своей соседке. 8. Никто не видел, как принесли письмо. 9. Вы видели,
как заправляли машину? 10. Я не видел, как забили гол.
After the verbs to see and to hear used in the passive voice the
infinitive retains the particle to.
Cf I saw him cross the street.
He was seen to cross the street.
2. Say it in English.
1. Видели, как Саймон вошел в этот дом. 2. Слышали, как
Маргарет упомянула это имя. 3. Видели, как этот человек выстрелил
в полицейского. 4. Слышали, как миссис Хоуп спрашивала об этом. 5.
Видели, как Дерек сел в машину. 6. Видели, как Джон сел в поезд. 7.
Заметили, как он поднял что-то с пола. 8. Слышали, как она
упоминала об этом.
To want and would like do not introduce a clause. After them use
the pattern noun (pronoun) + infinitive (participle).
Cf Я хочу (мне бы хотелось), чтобы вы выслушали меня.
I want (would like) you to listen to me.
Он хочет (ему хотелось бы), чтобы вы остались.
Не wants (would like) you to stay.
84
Я хочу, чтобы это было сделано снова.
I want it (to be) done all over again.
1. Ask questions to find out the other person's opinion.
Eg "Mr Cotton intends to offer you a job."
"Do you want Mr Cotton to offer you a job?"
"Would you like Mr Cotton to offer you a job?"
1. Ann means to invite you to New Year's Eve party. 2. Donald
intends to keep you company. 3. I hear Mr Woods is going to give you a
mixer for your birthday. 4. If I got them right, they want to appoint Mr
Clarke headmaster. 5. The manager has a mind to put young Walter on the
job. 6. As for the incident, they intend to make Inspector Harrow
investigate it. 7. From the way the chief acted he intends to promote Mr
Bantry. 8. Mr Harlow insists that the incident should be hushed up. 9. Mr
Gate insists that the incident should be made public. 10. Mr Price intends
to put off the conference.
2. Say it in English.
1. Все хотели, чтобы мистер Прайс рассказал о своей поездке. 2.
Мне не хотелось бы, чтобы кто-нибудь вмешивался в мои дела. 3.
Мне бы хотелось, чтобы они поскорее вернулись обратно. 4. Никто не
хочет, чтобы мистера Робертсона назначили начальником. 5. Никто
не хотел, чтобы собрание проводилось без мистера Хука.
***
After the verb to make in the active voice use the infinitive without
the particle to, after the passive form of make use the infinitive with to.
Cf What made him resign?
Что заставило его уйти в отставку?
Не was made to resign.
Его заставили уйти в отставку.
1. Change the questions to use the verb 'make'.
Eg Why did the firm reinstate the dismissed workers?
What made the firm reinstate the dismissed workers?
1. Why did you ask it? 2. Why do you suspect Thomas? 3. Why did
you cross out these words? 4. Why do you think Ann knows her way
around? 5. Why did Evans change his mind? 6. Why did they recall Bryan
85
from leave? 7. Why did Mary break off her engagement to Alex? 8. Why
did Florence divorce her husband? 9. Why did the Hiltons move to a new
flat? 10. Why did you laugh? 11. Why did you fight a losing battle?
2. Say it in English.
1. Что заставило Стива изменить свое решение? 2. Артура
заставили уплатить штраф. 3. Что заставило вас вмешаться? 4. Что
заставило Максвелов переехать на другую квартиру? 5. Что заставило
министра уйти в отставку? 6. Что заставило мистера Брэдли
подписать это заявление? 7. Не смешите меня (не заставляйте меня
смеяться). 8. Мы заставим их замолчать. 9. Его заставили
действовать. 10. Джона заставили извиниться перед ними.
***
То express purpose use an infinitive if the action refers to the subject.
If it does not, use a for-complex – for + noun (pronoun) + infinitive or an
adverbial clause of purpose introduced by the conjunction so that.
1. Explain why the following was (not) done. Use an infinitive, a
for-complex or a clause.
Eg (a) Ann didn't want to catch a cold and closed the window.
Ann closed the window not to catch a cold.
(b) Ann didn't want the children to catch a cold and closed the
window.
Ann closed the window so that the children might not catch a cold
(for the children not to catch a cold).
1. The woman wanted to catch the bus and ran across the street. 2.
John didn't want to be late and took a taxi. 3. Helen wanted us to have a
rest and told the children to go to bed. 4. The driver wanted the travellers
to admire the view and stopped the car. 5. The police roped off the
building. They didn't want the onlookers to come close to it.
2. Complete the sentences.
1. The text was adapted ... 2. I switched over to Channel Two ... 3.
Bob turned down the volume ... 4. The instruction said that the answer
should be printed ... 5. The teacher demanded that the text should be
written in exercise-books ... 6. They rented a cottage for the summer ... 7.
The instructions were given in writing ... 8. Bus stops are clearly marked ...
86
3. Say it in English.
1. Эндрю ушел, чтобы не слышать, как они спорят. 2. Мост
развели (подняли), чтобы могли пройти большие корабли. 3.
Инструкции были даны в письменной форме, чтобы исключить
недопонимание. 4. Я закрыл дверь, чтобы не слышать радио. 5.
Переключи (телевизор) на вторую программу, чтобы я мог
посмотреть футбол.
***
The Gerund
Differentiate between the active and the passive forms of the gerund.
Cf He hates criticising people.
He hates being criticised.
1. Answer the questions. Use the gerund.
1. Miss Young was anxious to play the title role in the new play.
What was Miss Young looking forward to? 2. The director was eager to
see the title role played by Miss Young. What was the director looking
forward to? 3. The problem was discussed in detail. The manager
approved of it. What did the manager approve of? 4. I changed the article
but the editor disapproved of it. What did the editor disapprove of? 5. Mr
Harter was elected president and everybody congratulated him. What did
everybody congratulate Mr Harter on? 6. James won the race and
everybody congratulated him. What did everybody congratulate James on?
7. Alice wanted to stay at the Astor hotel but James was against it. What
did James object to? 8. At first Olga couldn't drive a car in London, now
she can do it. What has she got used to? 9. Helen never plays the piano
when somebody is listening to her. What does Helen avoid? 10. Elizabeth
didn't want to be recognised and put on a wig and dark glasses. What did
she want to avoid?
When the subject of the sentence and the doer of the action expressed
by the gerund denote one and the same person, a gerund should be used.
Eg М-р Браун не возражает против того, чтобы его (самого)
послали в Бедфорд.
Mr Brown doesn't mind being sent to Bedford.
Cf М-р Браун не возражает против того, чтобы ее (м-ра Смита,
кого-нибудь) послали в Бедфорд.
Mr Brown doesn't mind her (Mr Smith('s), somebody) being sent to
87
Bedford.
1. Ask for confirmation. Use the gerund.
Eg "Tom felt he was rude and apologised."
"Do you mean Tom apologised for being rude?"
"You mean Tom apologised for being rude?"
1. They offered to examine George at once and he didn't mind it. 2.
They offered to examine George at once and she didn't mind it. 3. They
intend to promote Mr Cox but Mr Cox is against it. 4. They intend to
promote Mr Hastings and Mr Cox is all for it. 5. Miss Parker wants to be
an actress. She dreams of it. 6. Mrs Hilton wants her husband to become a
sailor. She dreams of it. 7. William says he likes it when he is criticised.
He says he enjoys it. 8. His colleagues call him 'Fatty'. He doesn't seem to
mind it. 9. Mr Gate wants Max's name struck off the list. He insists on it.
10. I don't smoke. I gave it up.
***
Note that the gerund but not the infinitive is used with the following
verbs and phrases: to avoid, to be (in)capable of , to give up, to dream of
(about), to prevent sb from, to risk, to be (get) used to, to be worth.
What's the use of doing sth?
To stop is followed by the gerund if it means 'come to a halt or make
a pause'. The infinitive after to stop denotes purpose.
Cf She stopped talking. Она прекратила разговаривать.
She stopped to talk. Она остановилась (прервала свое занятие),
чтобы поговорить.
Note that after the verbs to like, to love, to hate, to remember, to
regret, to prefer the gerund is used for habits and past action, the
infinitive is used for future action.
Cf He hates getting up early (habit).
I prefer walking (habit).
He hates to get up early (future action).
I prefer to walk (future action).
1. Say it in English.
1. Избегайте касаться этой темы. 2. Очень немногие люди
способны смеяться над собой. 3. Кэтрин мечтает побывать в Италии.
4. Кэрол перестала заниматься французским. 5. Mapтин сказал, что
ничто не помешает ему приехать. 6. Какой смысл волноваться? От
88
вас ничего не зависит. 7. Какой смысл спорить? Его все равно ни в
чем не убедишь. 8. Глэдис не рискнула возразить ему.
***
То be used to sth means ‘tо have a habit', to get used to sth means
'to acquire a habit’.
Cf I am used to it.
Я привык к этому. (Это является для меня привычным.)
I got used to it.
Я привык к этому. (Это стало для меня привычным.)
***
The above patterns should not be confused with the structure used to
do sth expressing a past habit.
Eg He used to smoke a pipe. (He doesn’t do it any longer.)
They used to be close friends. (They aren’t any longer.)
1. Paraphrase the statements employing 'to be used' or 'to get
used'.
1. The election pledges were not fulfilled. The American voter is
accustomed to it. 2. Though Rodney lived in China for a long time, he
didn’t learn to eat with chopsticks. 3. Roy got accustomed to speaking on
the radio. 4. Emily can’t speak before a big audience. 5. Alice doesn’t find
it surprising any longer that she is called ‘Granny’.6. It doesn’t seem
unusual to American TV viewers that TV shows are interrupted by
advertisements. 7. The child can’t sleep with the light on. 8. Now Jeff
sleeps with the window open. 9. Don’t make coffee – Maud doesn't drink
coffee so late.
2. Complete the statements. Employ 'to be used' or 'to get used'.
1. At first I couldn’t understand his accent, but then … 2. Don't
shout at her, she … 3. It was difficult for him to drive a car in Tokyo with
traffic keeping to the left, then ... 4. That’s his way of speaking, in time …
5. Don't wake me up at six. I … 6. Let’s have dinner earlier. I ... 7. We’ve
covered about six miles. No wonder Nell is tired, she … 8. Turn off the
light. The child ... 9. Don 't make him eat such a big breakfast, he … 10.
Hugh was criticised and took it very much to heart. He ....
3. Say it in English.
1. He называйте Бернарда дедушкой, он еще не привык к этому.
2. Я не привык завтракать так рано. 3. Вскоре он привык водить
89
машину в Лондоне. 4. Мы не привыкли смотреть телевизор днем. 5.
Выключите свет. Ребенок не привык спать при свете. 6. Роберт
привык решать свои проблемы сам. 7. Уверен, что вы привыкнете к
такому распорядку дня. 8. Нельзя привыкнуть к тому, чтобы с тобой
разговаривали подобным образом. 9. Николас не привык, чтобы его
хвалили. 10. Она не привыкла, чтобы ее лечили без лекарств.
***
After to need, to want, to require (нуждаться, требовать) and to
be worth the active form of the gerund expresses a passive meaning.
Eg Туфли нуждаются в починке. Туфли нужно починить.
The shoes need (want, require) mending.
Проблема стоит того, чтобы ее обсудить.
The problem is worth discussing.
In the pattern to be worth
a) do not omit the preposition if the verb takes one:
Eg За это стоит бороться.
It is worth struggling for.
b) do not repeat the subject:
Пьесу стоит посмотреть.
The play is worth seeing.
1. Answer the questions. Use 'to be worth'.
Eg "Will you vote for Mr Soft?"
"Certainly. He is worth voting for."
"Certainly not. He is not worth voting for."
1. Shall we see the film? 2. Shall I ask Mr Fork to comment on the
event? 3. Will you queue for the tickets? 4. Why didn't you listen to Mr
Brook's theories? 5. Why didn't you discuss Mr Taylor's suggestion? 6.
Will you subscribe to the magazine? 7. Do you remember Ethel? 8. Do
you remember what Gary said? 9. Why didn’t you mention the fact? 10. Is
the fact important? Need we dwell on it?
2. Say it in English.
1. Факт не стоит того, чтобы о нем упоминать. 2. Этот человек
не стоит того, чтобы из-за него ссориться. 3. Большинство
избирателей считает, что за такого сенатора не стоит голосовать. 4.
Ради этого стоит пострадать. 5. Происшествие не стоит того чтобы
90
его комментировать. 6. Такой пустяк не стоит того, чтобы о нем
говорить. 7. Ради этого стоит жить. 8 Костюм нуждается в чистке. 9.
Дом нуждается в покраске 10. Машина требует ремонта. 11. Часы
нужно починить. 12. Телевизор нужно отрегулировать.
***
Discriminate between the formal characteristics of the verbal noun
and the gerund. Use the former with an article and a preposition, use no
article and no preposition with the latter.
Eg The writing of letters is a lost art.
Writing letters is a lost art.
1. Say it in English.
1. Российский народ выступает против развязывания ядерной
войны. 2. Укрепление дисциплины – необходимое условие
повышения производительности труда. 3. Редактирование научной
статьи требует знания вопроса, которому посвящена статья. 4. Такие
электронные устройства используются для автоматического
открывания и закрывания дверей. 5. Не думайте, что смотреть
телевизор – большое удовольствие для всех. 6. Некоторые инженеры
выступали против строительства плотины в этом месте. 7. Изучение
иностранного языка требует большого терпения и настойчивости. 8.
Подсчет голосов не займет много времени.
2. Insert the definite article and the preposition ‘of’ if required.
1. – reading – science fiction is a fascinating pastime. 2. The
ceremony of – changing – the guard at Buckingham Palace attracts a lot of
tourists. 3. – focusing – a camera is now automatic. 4. – building – your
vocabulary is an important element for studying a foreign language. 5. A
laser is a device for – making and concentrating – light waves into an
intense beam.
***
The Participle
To denote an action performed for somebody or on somebody's order
use the pattern have something done.
Eg Elizabeth I had Mary Queen of Scots beheaded.
1. React to the statements. Say that you had (will have) things
done for you.
91
Eg "I redecorated my flat."
"Did you? But I had my flat redecorated."
1. Andrew developed the film. 2. Hubert will print the pictures. 3.
Rose washed the windows. 4. Colin adjusted the TV set. 5. Allan pressed
his suit. 6. Helen ironed her blouse. 7. Florence will shampoo and set her
hair. 8. Doris will mend the tear. 9. Mary will do the laundry. 10. Carol
will alter her dress.
2. Construct sentences using the following.
To have a tooth filled (pulled out), a crown put on, one's appendix
taken out, a telephone installed, a parcel wrapped up, one's picture taken, a
parcel delivered, tags attached to one's luggage.
3. Paraphrase the sentences using the pattern 'to have sth done'.
1. See to it that the document is typed in duplicate. 2. Get the
subscription cancelled. 3. Get your bill made out at once. 4. See that the
brakes are adjusted, 5. Get your hair cut short.
4. Say it in English.
1. Когда вам поставят телефон? 2. Запломбируйте зуб. 3. Пусть
вам завернут покупку. 4. Пусть вам приготовят счет. 5. Мне нужно
сфотографироваться. 6. Миссис Дэлл подстриглась и выглядит
намного моложе. 7. Он надеялся, что ему погладят костюм в
гостинице. 8. Пусть вам забронируют номер (в гостинице). 9. Когда
вы собираетесь ремонтировать квартиру? 10. Когда вы делали ремонт
квартиры?
***
MODAL VERBS
1. The verbs must, may (might), can (could) express modality.
Temporal relations are expressed by the infinitive.
Eg He may (might) be translating the article.
Возможно, он сейчас переводит статью.
He may (might) translate the article tomorrow.
Возможно, он переведет статью завтра.
He may (might) have translated the article yesterday.
Возможно, он перевел статью вчера.
92
2. The Perfect Infinitive refers the action to the past and shows that it
took place before the moment indicated or implied.
Eg He may have read the book.
Возможно, он прочел эту книгу.
He must have read the book.
Должно быть, он прочел эту книгу.
He can't have read the book.
Не может быть, чтобы он прочел эту книгу.
1. Answer the questions to express supposition.
Eg "Why do you think the driver was fined?"
"He may (might) have jumped the red light."
1. Why do you think the performance was cancelled? 2. Where do
you think the conference will be held? 3. What do you think Roger has
been doing all this time? 4. What do you think is keeping Mr Goods? 5.
Why do you think Helen is upset? 6. Where do you think Donald is? 7.
Why do you think the ship sank?
2. Say what conclusions may be drawn from the following facts.
To express certainty use the verb 'must'.
Eg Charles has got a good tan.
He must have spent his holiday in the south.
1. Miss Gray got an Oscar for this film. 2. The number was encored.
3. Max went to school in England. 4. The watch didn't stop when I
dropped it. 5. The water didn't get into the compartment. 6. The man was
put in prison. 7. Robert caught up with the class.
3. Say why one of these facts can’t be true. To express disbelief
use 'can't'.
Eg Ada takes size thirty-five in shoes, but she says these shoes are
too small for her.
"If Ada (really) takes size thirty-five in shoes, these shoes can't be
too small for her."
1. Mr Webb has never left England. But Agnes says she saw him in
Paris. 2. James is a hard-working and conscientious student, but Alice says
he has failed in his examination. 3. Thomas knows French, but Ann says
93
he failed to translate the article. 4. Ann has been living in this place since
she was a girl, but Douglas says she has lost her way. 5. The TV show
was thoroughly bad, but Walter says he enjoyed it. 6. Mr Trigger uses
hearing aids, but he says that his hearing is good. 7. Alice asked Mrs Webb
to dinner, but they are not on speaking terms.
The verbs must and can are not used to express certainty and
disbelief in negative sentences or when the action refers to the future.
Modal words and phrases are used instead.
Eg Должно быть, (вероятно, по всей вероятности, очевидно, без
сомнения, Я не сомневаюсь (уверен) в том, что) он не известил ее.
Probably (most probably, evidently, no doubt, I don't doubt that, I am
sure, I am certain that) he didn't let her know.
Должно быть, (вероятно, по всей вероятности, очевидно, без
сомнения, я не сомневаюсь (уверен) в том, что) он скоро вернется.
Probably (most probably, evidently, no doubt, I don't doubt that, I am
sure, I am certain) he will return soon. Or:He is sure (certain) to return
soon.
1. Change the sentences to express a) certainty, b) supposition, c)
disbelief. Use modal verbs. Pay attention to the form of the infinitive.
Eg The flight has been cancelled.
a) Certainty: The flight must have been cancelled.
b) Supposition: The flight may (might) have been cancelled.
c) Disbelief: The flight can’t (couldn’t) have been cancelled.
a) 1. The door is locked on the inside. 2. Jane sprained her ankle. 3.
Helen has been held up by the traffic. 4. He is still lecturing at Moscow
University. 5. The Browns will make a stop-over in Paris. 6. The treaty
will be ratified in the near future. 7. They didn't get Mr Carter on the
phone. 8. Joseph didn't recognise you. 9. The case against Mr Tucker will
be dismissed. 10. Robert won't violate traffic rules.
b) 1. The driver took a side-road. 2. You've left your passport at
home. 3. There was a mistake in the calculations. 4. This point was added
later. 5. Evans is digging in the garden. 6. The mechanic is testing the
engine. 7. Jean has forgotten all about it. 8. Donald will go on holiday in
June. 9. Guy will clear it up. 10. He has an alibi.
c) 1. Ann is so naive. 2. We missed our stop. 3. The Mortlakes have
94
been away since October. 4. They are still debating the problem. 5. Mr
Hammond will be voted down. 6. Roy was fined for speeding. 7. Mr
Sanders will change his mind. 8. Nobody will get injured. 9. Mr Blant was
not elected. 10. The plane won't crash.
2. Say it in English. Use modal verbs wherever possible.
1. Очевидно, мисс Грэй хорошая актриса. 2. Очевидно, она будет
играть главную роль в новой пьесе. 3. Очевидно, Максу еще не
поставили телефон. 4. Возможно, вы забыли паспорт дома. 5. Не
может быть, чтобы они не знали мифа об Икаре (Icarus ['aikərəs]). 6.
Возможно, Брауны уже переехали на новую квартиру. 7. Должно
быть, он решил, что эту пьесу не стоит смотреть. 8. Не может быть,
чтобы Дэвид не поздравил их. 9. Очевидно, Мэри развелась с
Джоном. 10. Возможно, мы встретим их у Фоксов.
***
Should + Indefinite infinitive is used for a present or future action.
Should + Perfect infinitive is used for a past action.
Eg You should work harder (now and in the future).
You should have been more considerate to your relatives (in the
past).
1. Advise your friend to do the following (A) and express your
disapproval (B) using ‘should + Infinitive’.
(A) 1. Keep regular hours. 2. Get more sleep, 3. Have more exercise.
4. Have a balanced diet. 5. Don't worry over trifles. 6. Give up smoking. 7.
Relax. 8. Get yourself a hobby. 9. Avoid hurting other people's feelings.
10. Exercise your mind as well as your body.
(B) 1. Why didn't you check the brakes before setting off? 2. Why
did you take along so much luggage. 3. Why didn't you book hotel
accommodation before setting off? 4. Why didn't you let me know you
were coming? 5. Why didn't you stay with the Watsons when you were in
Glasgow? 6. Why did you travel by car but not by plane?
***
Needn't + Indefinite infinitive shows that the action if performed
would be useless. Needn't + Perfect infinitive shows that the action
performed was a waste of time and effort.
95
1. React to the statements. Use 'needn't + infinitive'.
Eg "I waited for the manager but the secretary could have signed the
paper."
"Of course you needn't have waited for the manager."
"It isn't necessary for him to go out to post the letter. There is a mailchute right here on the floor."
"Of course he needn't go out."
1. Why did the speaker go into details? The problem was clear to
everybody from the very start. 2. I believe you have told Mr Walker
everything. I shan't talk with him about the matter. 3. We made a change,
but later on I learnt that there was a through train. 4. I filled in a form.
Then they told me it was not necessary at all. 5. Catherine changed a
pound note, but I had some small change. 6. Joyce went to a theatre
agency, but she could have bought tickets at the theatre box-office. 7. I
shan't translate the quotation, I believe everybody knows French.
***
When giving advice, expressing disapproval or reprimanding
somebody, use should. When stating that the action was or will be a waste
of time and effort, use need.
1. React to the statements. Use 'should (shouldn't)' or 'needn't'
with the Perfect infinitive.
Eg "John was rude to her and she was hurt."
"John shouldn't have been rude to her."
"He bought a ticket for me but I've got one."
"He needn't have bought a ticket for you."
1. I didn't ask him for permission and he got angry. 2. Why did Felix
wait for Mr Tweed? The question could have been settled without him. 3. I
sat up late and didn't get enough sleep. 4. Mr Baker signed the paper
without reading it and it caused a lot of trouble. 5. Harry produced
references but they would have taken him on without any references. 6.
They spoke loudly and woke up the children. 7. George wrote a twentypage essay, but a ten-page paper would have been sufficient. 8. Tom wrote
a detailed account. But a brief outline would have been just as good. 9.
Michael interfered and spoiled everything. 10. Frank told Mary about it
and upset her.
***
96
When rendering the Russian не было необходимости, не нужно
было' use needn't have done to show that the action was performed but
was a waste of effort, use didn't have to do to indicate that the action was
not performed because it was not necessary.
Cf Ему не нужно было поливать цветы (зря он полил цветы),
будет дождь.
Не needn't have watered the flowers, it's going to rain.
Ему не нужно было поливать цветы (в этом не было
необходимости, и он этого не сделал): целый день шел дождь.
Не didn't have to water the flowers, it had been raining all day long.
1. Ask for a repetition. Use 'needn't' or 'didn't have'.
Eg "I didn't tell him anything, he heard our conversation."
"Do you mean to say that you didn't have to tell him anything?"
"Quite so."
“I regret having changed the article, it was a waste of time."
"Do you mean to say that you needn't have changed the article?"
"Precisely."
1. He introduced himself but that wasn't necessary. Everybody
remembered him. 2. I didn't introduce them to each other; when I came,
they were talking with each other. 3. Richard accompanied Mr Hudson all
the way to the office. But Mr Hudson knows the way. 4. Richard didn't
accompany Mr Hilton as Mr Hilton knows the way 5. I had a duplicate key
made, but Helen says she сan spare me one of her keys. 6. Chris was
vaccinated but then it turned out that his certificate was still valid. 7. His
certificate was still valid and he wasn’t vaccinated. 8. The doctor did not
put the patient through all the analyses as the case was clear. 9. The patient
went through all the analyses before consulting the professor, but the
professor said he would have been able to diagnose the case without any
analyses. 10. It's a good thing accommodation was reserved for all the
delegates and were spared the trouble of making reservations.
2. Say it in English.
1. Питер был рад, что ему не нужно было делать пересадку.
Оказалось, что до Хельсинки есть прямой поезд. 2. Вам не нужно
было делать пересадку, вы могли бы доехать до Хельсинки поездом
прямого сообщения. 3. Ему не нужно было ждать директора,
заявление подписал секретарь. 4. Вам не нужно было ждать
97
директора, заявление мог бы подписать секретарь. 5. Вам не нужно
было проверять эти цифры, вы зря потратили время. 6. Он был рад,
что ему не нужно было проверять эти цифры. 7. Вам не нужно было
делать это упражнение в письменной форме, задание было устное. 8.
Мне не нужно было знакомить их, они хорошо знали друг друга.
3. Comment on the following. Express disbelief, certainty,
supposition or disapproval. Use the verbs 'can', 'must', 'may', 'should'
or 'need'. If it is permissible logically, give different reactions.
Eg I can't get Albert on the phone.
(a) He can't be out, try again.
(b) He must be at the library.
(c) He may be playing tennis.
(d) You should have called him up yesterday,
(e) You needn't disturb him, I can tell you everything.
1. Frank did the exercises, then read the rule. 2. The hunter shot, then
took aim. 3. The majority voted against him and he was elected. 4. The
dentist gave the patient the anaesthetic after he pulled out the tooth. 5. The
telegram was sent at 9 a.m. and was delivered at 8 a.m. the same day. 6.
When leaving the room Richard went ahead of Miss Adams. When getting
off the bus he let her go first. 7. When putting through a call from a public
call-box Daniel took off the receiver, then dropped a coin in the slot. 8. Mr
Gibbson bought the car at three thousand dollars and sold it at ten
thousand.
***
When rendering the Russian 'должен' use the verb to have to express
obligation and necessity, use the verb to be to denote a prearranged action.
1. Paraphrase the following. Use the verbs 'to have' and 'to be'.
Eg There is no one to replace him. It is necessary for him to stay.
He has to stay.
They plan to return on Monday.
They are to return on Monday.
1. Howard gave his consent. It was the only thing to do. 2. She
arranged to meet Arthur at Claridge's for lunch. 3. The conference is
scheduled for late September. 4. Their plan is to double the output. 5. The
train is due at 11.30. 6. They plan to pull down the houses to make room
98
for a park. 7. The only thing for me to do was to give in.
THE NOUN
As distinct from their Russian equivalents, the following commonly
used English nouns, in the meaning indicated, are singular in number. As
shown by the examples, they take the verb in the singular.
advice – советы eg Your advice is always welcome.
applause – аплодисменты eg The applause was deafening.
debate – дебаты, прения eg The debate was interrupted.
lighting – бои eg Fierce fighting was reported in the city.
fruit (used collectively) – фрукты eg Eat fruit when it is ripe.
evidence – 1) свидетельские показания; 2) улики eg The evidence of
the second witness was more convincing. The evidence is against him.
a funeral – похороны (Funerals indicate two or more occurrences.) eg A
funeral is always a melancholy occasion.
a gate – ворота (Gates denote two or more objects.) eg The gate is closed.
gossip – сплетни.(a gossip – сплетник) eg It is gossip. She is a gossip.
hair – волосы eg His hair is beginning to grey.
information – сведения eg The information he gave us is important.
knowledge – знания eg Her knowledge is superficial.
money – деньги eg The money is as good as lost.
news – новости eg Bad news travels fast.
progress – успехи eg The progress he has made is surprising.
(Note. Do not use successes in this sense.)
a race – соревнования, состязания eg The boat-race was spectacular.
a sledge – сани eg The sledge is in bad repair.
a vacation – каникулы (Vacations denote two or more events.) eg The
vacation was great fun.
a watch, a clock – часы eg My watch was set by the radio. The clock
keeps good time.
1. Say it in English.
1. Ешьте больше фруктов и овощей. 2. Его советы разумны.
Советую вам воспользоваться ими. 3. Вы будете принимать участие в
состязаниях по гребле? 4. Ваши часы отстают. 5. Это надежные
сведения. 6. Его знания неглубокие. 7. Актеров встретили бурей
аплодисментов. 8. Прения были долгими. 9. На похороны приехали
99
все родственники. 10. Ваши успехи в шведском языке просто
удивительны. 11. Это неожиданные новости. 12. Каникулы были
веселые. 13. На улицах города шли ожесточенные бои. 14. Ворота
нужно починить. 15. Немного денег лучше, чем ничего.
***
As distinct from their Russian equivalents, the following commonly
used English nouns, in the meaning indicated, are plural in number. As
shown by the examples, they take the verb in the plural.
contents – содержание (письма, документа) eg The contents of the
letter were not made public.
clothes – одежда eg His clothes were torn.
grapes, carrots, beets, potatoes, onions, radishes (used collectively)
виноград, морковь, свекла, картофель, лук, редис eg The grapes are
sour. The carrots (beets, potatoes, onions, radishes) are fresh from the
kitchen-garden.
opera-glasses – бинокль eg The opera-glasses are out of focus.
wages – зарплата eg The workers' wages were raised.
1. Say it in English.
1. В Англии зарплата рабочим выплачивается понедельно
(каждую неделю). 2. Современная одежда красива и удобна. 3. Вы
знаете содержание этого документа? 4. Морковь богата витаминами.
5. Ты взял бинокль? – Нет, он нам не нужен. Наши места во втором
ряду.
***
1. The following nouns may correspond to the Russian words in the
singular and in the plural
authorities – начальство, власти
studies – учеба, занятия
damage – ущерб, повреждения
2. Note the singular and the plural of noun in the following patterns:
Он не жалел сил, чтобы помочь вам выбраться.
Не spared no effort to get you out.
Это потребует (от них) большой затраты сил (больших усилий).
It'll require (cost them) a lot of effort.
У вас нет основания для жалоб.
You have no grounds for complaint.
100
Не вдавайтесь в детали.
Don't go into details.
Он объяснил все в деталях.
He explained everything in detail.
Поразмыслив, он решил ничего ей не говорить.
On second thoughts he decided not to tell her anything.
Он был погружен в свои мысли.
He was deep in thought.
3. The nouns mind and life are plural in number when used with a
plural subject or preceded by a plural pronoun.
Eg They changed their minds. We couldn't make up our minds. By
talking with well-informed people we improve our minds.
They laid down their lives for their country. They gave their lives in
defence of peace. They risked their lives to save you. It nearly cost them
their lives. Spare their lives.
4. Compound numerals with -one (twenty-one, thirty-one, etc) take
the noun in the plural.
Cf На лекции присутствовал двадцать один студент.
Twenty-one students were present at the lecture
1. Say it in English.
1. Вам следует обратиться к начальству. Никто кроме мистера
Кроули не может решить этого вопроса 2. Повреждения, нанесенные
зданию, были ликвидированы. 3. Джордж не жалел сил, чтобы
завоевать это звание. 4. У вас есть основания для жалоб? 5. Если бы
докладчик не вдавался в детали, лекция была бы намного интереснее
и намного короче. 6. Я ему все детально объяснил. 7. Он был
погружен в свои мысли и не слышал, как мы вошли. 8. Вы уже
приняли решение? 9. Эта экспедиция чуть не стоила жизни ее
участникам. 10. Административно Мексика состоит из тридцати
одного штата. 11. В тот день был продан двести сорок один билет.
THE ARTICLE
Abstract and proper nouns used normally without any article do not
take one when modified by a prepositive attribute. The postpositive
attribute expressed by an of-phrase calls for the definite article.
101
Cf economy, US economy, the US economy of the late '70s;
Russia, tsarist Russia, the tsarist Russia of the 1880s.
Proper nouns used with the definite article retain it when a
prepositive attribute is added.
Eg the East, the Near East, the Middle East.
1. Fill in the gaps with articles wherever required.
in — North America; in — Far East; a classic example of — Gothic
architecture; to be characteristic of — US imperialism; a book on —
ancient history; a book on — history of — ancient Rome; serve the
interests of — world imperialism; devoted to — Dutch painting; devoted
to — Dutch painting of the 17th century; the rout of — Nazi Germany; in
— occupied Paris; in — Northern Caucasus
***
1. Differentiate between the following structures containing a proper
noun used prepositively:
Nelson's tomb, the Nelson Column; Shakespeare's birthplace, the
Royal Shakespeare Theatre; Queen Victoria's reign, the Queen Victoria
Memorial; Lincoln's speech, the Lincoln Memorial; Leningrad's museums,
the Leningrad museums.
2. Note that there is no article if the proper noun is used in the
genitive case. The prepositive proper noun in the common case denotes the
name of the person to whom something is dedicated, the noun in the
genitive case denotes possession.
3. There is no article if the two nouns are treated as one proper name.
Eg Buckingham Palace, Carnegie Наll, Kennedy Airport, Columbus
Circle, New York State, Scotland Yard, Hyde Park Corner, Waterloo
Bridge, Harvard (Yale, London, Oxford, Moscow) University, etc.
1. Say it in English.
музей имени Пушкина, могила Пушкина; зал Чайковского в
Москве, дом Чайковского в Клину; театр имени Маяковского,
биография Маяковского; небоскребы Нью-Йорка; каналы Венеции
***
In the pattern a word (group of words) in the possessive case + a
noun the article refers to the attribute. Do not use an article if the attribute
does not require one.
102
Eg at today's (yesterday's, tomorrow's, next week's, last year's, last
Tuesday's, etc) festival; New York's tallest building; Martin's second wife;
Japan's second largest city (but: the world's highest mountain).
1. Paraphrase the sentences to use the possessive case.
Eg Robert saw him at the concert yesterday.
Robert saw him at yesterday's concert.
1. We were discussing the conference that will be held tomorrow. 2.
He was looking through the letters that came last week. 3. The film was
shown at the festival last year. 4. Was anyone killed during the border
clash last month? 5. Joyce served what was left over from dinner they had
yesterday. 6. Ireland was the first colony of England.
***
When a noun is modified by two attributes, the attribute expressed by
the noun in the possessive case comes first.
Eg Hemingway's best book, England's longest river, the scientist's
recent discovery.
1. Construct phrases based on the sentences and consisting of two
modifiers and a noun. Use them in sentences of your own.
Eg The scientist made an interesting experiment recently.
The scientist's recent experiment.
The scientist's recent experiment bears out our theory.
1. The battle off Cape Trafalgar was the last Admiral Nelson fought.
2. That was the last role Vivien Leigh played. 3. This was the first film
Fellini directed. 4. These are the best pictures Turner painted. 5. Tolstoy
described the first ball Natasha Rostova attended. 6. George sold his old
car. 7. That was the best speech Abraham Lincoln made.
2. Say it in English.
знаменитая речь президента Линкольна; первый паровоз
Джорджа Стивенсона; ужасное произношение Элизы Дулитл; верный
друг Шерлока Холмса; лучшая роль Черкасова; окончательное
решение полковника Пикеринга; следующий вопрос профессора
Хиггинса; неизвестное стихотворение Байрона; последний роман
Диккенса; новое хобби Чарльза
***
103
То denote a whole class use the noun in the singular with the
definite article.
Eg The invention of the steam-engine revolutionised British
economy. The lizard is a reptile. The nouns man and woman in this
meaning take no article.
Eg Man is a social animal. Woman is physically weaker than man.
When a plural noun is employed to denote all members of a class, the
definite article should not be used.
Eg Ants are industrious. Olives grow only in warm climate.
The definite article before a plural noun changes the meaning of the
sentence.
Cf Falcons have been trained to hunt other birds for sport.
The falcons (= these falcons) have been trained to hunt other birds
for sport.
Housewives work harder than office-workers.
The housewives (= these housewives) work harder than officeworkers.
1. Say it in English.
1. Кто изобрел телефон? 2. Самолет внес большие изменения в
жизнь человека. 3. Словари – самые интересные книги: в них можно
найти все слова, которые есть в языке. 4. Змеи – пресмыкающиеся. 5.
Сова – символ мудрости. 6. Кукушки – птицы ленивые. 7. Глупец
всегда готов всех критиковать. 8. Кенгуру живут в Австралии. 9.
Клиент всегда прав. 10. Ветряная мельница – один из первых
источников энергии.
***
The nouns news, weather, advice, progress, information as well as
the nouns work 'работа' (деятельность и должность), evidence
'свидетельские показания'; 'улика', 'улики', damage 'ущерб' (in the
meaning indicated) are never used with the indefinite article.
Eg This is: welcome news.
Don't go out in wet weather.
To give advice is easier than to follow it. It is sound advice.
She is making good (slow) progress.
This is reliable information.
It is hard work.
They gave evidence against him. It was important evidence.
The earthquake caused considerable damage.
104
Notes
1. The noun advice though singular in form may be plural in
meaning and correspond to the Russian 'советы'. To express the idea of an
opinion given in a particular situation use give sb a word (bit, piece) of
advice.
Eg May I give you a word of advice?
2. The noun job, which can sometimes replace work, is preceded by
the indefinite article.
Cf He was offered good work. It was hard work.
He was offered a good job. It was quite a job.
3. Don't use the article with the nouns listed above (news, weather,
etc) after the exclamatory what and the demonstrative such.
Eg What glad news!
What nasty weather!
What strange advice!
It was such unexpected evidence.
He got such important information.
4. Singular countable nouns in this pattern are used with the
indefinite article; before plural nouns there is no article.
Eg What a liar (bore, miser, dreamer) you are!
What a nuisance that child is!
What a thing to say!
I've never heard of such a thing.
But: What beautiful flowers!
I've never seen such computers.
1. Say it in English.
1. Это хорошая новость. 2. Какая приятная новость! 3. Думаю,
что это надежная информация. 4. Это важная улика. 5. Наводнение
причинило городу значительный ущерб. 6. Саймон делает большие
успехи в итальянском. 7. Избегайте выходить в такую сырую погоду.
8. Какая прекрасная погода! 9. Можно дать вам один совет? 10.
Поговорите с Дональдом. Он наверняка предложит вам хорошую
работу. 11. Какая прекрасная мысль! 12. Он такой скучный человек!
***
The noun permission never takes an article.
105
Eg He asked (me) for permission.
He got (was given) permission to stay away.
2. Say it in English.
1. Питер получил разрешение не присутствовать на лекции. 2.
Попроси у профессора разрешения присутствовать на семинаре. 3.
Мне разрешили немного опоздать. 4. Алекс получил разрешение
сдать свою работу на следующей неделе. 5. Герберт попросил
разрешения остаться.
***
There is no article before nouns denoting places of assembly one
goes to for their primary purpose: to go to school (to study), to be in
hospital (for medical treatment), to be in prison (as a punishment), to be at
table (having a meal), to go to market (to buy or to sell), in court (at a
trial).
Eg to go to school, to be at school, to stay away from school, to be
expelled from school, to leave (= finish) school, before school, after
school, when school starts, etc.
to go to college, to be at college, to be admitted to (expelled from)
college, to graduate from college, etc.
to go to work (= to the office), come from work, to be late for work;
to be taken (sent) to hospital, to go to hospital, to be in hospital, to be
discharged from hospital;

to be put in prison, to be in prison, to send sb to prison, to be released
from prison, to escape from prison;
to go to church, to be at church;
to go to bed, to stay in bed, to be in bed;
to give evidence in court.
Note. When the building but not the activities is meant, the article is
used.
Eg Go past the school, then turn left.
I went to the hospital to see my brother, who had just been operated
on.
1. Say it in English.
1. Том Сойер не любил ходить в школу. 2. Гека Финна (Huck for
Huckleberry Finn) никогда не видели в церкви. 3. О.Генри, написал
этот рассказ, когда был в тюрьме. 4. Что Эдвард собирается делать
после окончания школы? 5. Почему ты в постели? Ты болен? 6.
106
Айвор все еще учится в колледже. 7. Марта почувствовала себя
плохо, и ее отправили в больницу. 8. Вы ездите на работу или ходите
пешком? 9. Мистера Пиквика освободили из тюрьмы. 10. Торопись,
опоздаешь на работу.
***
The article is often omitted in set expressions most of which have an
adverbial meaning. Note the following:
at (before, after) dinner, supper, etc.
before (after) work, classes;
to be on holiday (leave, sick leave); return from holiday (leave);
at full speed (volume);
according to plan (schedule); behind (ahead) of plan (schedule);
to be in order; in perfect (alphabetical, reverse) order;
to be in good health (condition, repair);
to be in (out of) fashion; to come into fashion;
to go to town (= to the chief town in the neighbourhood); to be in
town (= not in the country); to be out of town (= in the country);
to be (go) on deck;
to be (go) on board a plane (ship);
in foreign territory;
by train (bus, etc); But: by the afternoon train, by the 9.30 bus, etc.
to travel first (tourist, economy) class.
1. Say it in English.
1. У меня есть время, я в отпуске. 2. Мисс Бейкер еще не
вернулась из отпуска. 3. Машина ехала на полной скорости. 4. Работа
была закончена досрочно. 5. Все было сделано согласно плану. 6.
Карточки нужно поставить в алфавитном порядке. 7. Машина в
полном порядке. 8. Такие платья уже не в моде. 8. Ветер прекратился,
и пассажиры вышли на палубу. 10. Мистеру Фостеру за восемьдесят,
но у него прекрасное здоровье. 11. Мистер Браунинг сейчас в городе.
12. Я зайду к вам после работы. 13. Вы поедете туда на поезде или на
автобусе? 14. Они приехали пятичасовым поездом. 15. Почему бы не
лететь туристским классом? Ведь это намного дешевле.
***
1. There is no article before nouns followed by cardinal numerals.
Eg Switch over to Channel Four.
Cash the money order at window five.
Continued from page twenty.
107
Our seats are in row eight.
The action of the novel takes place on the eve of World War II.
Take bus six. But: Take a number six bus.
2. Names of streets with ordinal numerals are not preceded by the
article.
Eg The main New York Public Library is situated on Fifth Avenue
between 40th Street and 42nd Street.
3. When first is an adverb or when its meaning is that of an adjective
(= the most important, the best, the earliest), and in some fixed phrases,
first is used without an article
Eg Ladies first.
With him business comes first.
Finish your work first.
She came first (= won the race).
He took first place.
She won first prize.
They travelled first class.
I'll do it, first thing tomorrow morning.
Do you believe in love at first sight?
1. Say it in English.
1. Буржуазная пропаганда старается приуменьшить роль
Советского Союза в разгроме фашистской Германии во второй
мировой войне. 2. Мистер Флинт в комнате 265. 3. Экзамен будет
проходить в аудитории № 7. 4. Этот текст на двадцать второй
странице. 5. Kaк мне добраться до Третьей авеню? 6. Дом № 36 – на
противоположной стороне улицы. 7. Машина остановилась у дома №
19. 8. Отель находится на тридцать четвертой улице. 9. Российская
команда заняла первое место. 10. Для Мартина прежде всего дело.
***
As a rule no article is used before the noun following the verbs to be
(elected), to act (work) as, to make, to appoint, to run for if the noun
denotes a post held by one person only.
Eg He was running for Mayor.
He was elected chairman.
They made him headmaster.
In Mr Taylor's absence Mr Brooks acted as manager.
108
1. Say it in English.
1. Линкольн был президентом США во время гражданской
войны в Америке. 2. Этот рассказ Марка Твена о том, как он
баллотировался в губернаторы. 3. Мистера Бэнтри назначили
заведующим лабораторией. 4. Мистера Брамбла избрали
председателем единогласно. 5. Думаю, мистера Огдена больше не
изберут мэром.
***
The nouns following the rest of, some of, any of, none of, one of,
many of, neither of, most of denote definite persons or things and are
preceded by the definite article, the possessive (demonstrative) pronoun or
another noun in the genitive case.
Eg You'll be sorry for it the rest of your life.
Most of the tourists will arrive at Victoria Station.
Some of his friends kept us company.
Neither of her parents is in town now.
None of her relatives live here.
None of these books are mine.
Some of Fred's suggestions are worth considering.
1. Say it in English.
1. Многие мои одноклассники поступили в университет. 2.
Остальные деньги были мне возвращены. 3. Кто-нибудь из туристов
знал датский? 4. Никто из делегатов не знал голландского. 5.
Некоторые студенты ответили на этот вопрос правильно. 6. Один из
членов комиссии не был согласен с выводами. 7. Ни один из
переводчиков (их было двое) не знал португальского. 8. Ни один из
близнецов не похож на мать. 9. Большинство предложений было
принято. 10. Некоторые пьесы этого автора показывали по ТВ. 11.
Одна из статей Джеймса была недавно опубликована. 12. Что ты
купил на остальные деньги?
***
The established usage forbids to use an article before the names of
holidays containing the word day.
Eg on the eve of (before, after) New Year's (Victory) Day
on Constitution (Independence, Thanksgiving, All Fools') Day, etc.
1. Say it in English.
в День Конституции, в День Победы, накануне Международного
109
Женского Дня, перед Днем Независимости, после Дня Благодарения
***
The definite article is used to translate the Russian demonstrative
pronoun referring to the noun which introduces a clause.
Cf Тот факт, что он отказался от этого предложения, удивил
всех.
The fact that he refused the offer surprised everybody.
1. Translate the sentences rendering the demonstrative pronouns
by the definite article.
1. В то время, когда обсуждался этот вопрос, я был в отпуске. 2.
Несмотря на тот факт, что никакие имена не упоминались, всем было
ясно, о ком идет речь. 3. Несмотря на то обстоятельство (тот факт),
что погода была плохая, полет не был отменен. 4. Тот факт, что не
было принято никаких мер, удивил всех. 5. Та рукопись, о которой
мы с вами говорили, уже опубликована. 6. Никто не знал того
человека, о котором она писала. 7. К тому времени, когда Чарльз
окончил университет, произошло много перемен.
***
When used with reference to the future, next may or may not be
preceded by the article. The pattern the + next + noun is used when the
time meant is future in relation to the time mentioned or implied.
Eg He was taken on in 1983. The next year (= the following year) he
became head of the department.
Alice came the next day (= the following day).
Cf We shall go there next week (Monday, month, year, January).
1. Say it in English.
1. Энтони говорит, что закончит свою работу не позднее января
будущего года. 2. Суд состоялся на следующей неделе. 3. Когда мы
увидимся? – В следующий четверг. 4. То, о чем я сейчас расскажу,
произошло на следующее утро. 5. На следующий день мы получили
от него телеграмму. 6. Будущим летом мы поедем туда же. 7.
Спортсмены тренировались целый день. Следующий день был
посвящен осмотру достопримечательностей.
***
1. The Russian adjective 'остальной' (остальные люди, вещи;
остаток чего-л., оставшаяся часть чего-л.) is rendered in English by the
rest of.
110
Eg А как же остальные билеты?
What about the rest of the tickets?
The rest of can take a plural or a singular verb, depending on the
number of the noun that follows it.
Cf The rest of the papers are in the drawer.
The rest of the vacation was rather dull.
2. The Russian pronoun 'весь (вся, всё)' may correspond to the
adjective whole (eg the whole town, city, world) and the noun the whole
of. Before a proper name use the noun.
Eg The epidemic spread to the whole of London.
The fire spread to the whole of Chicago.
When the people but not the territory are meant, use all.
Cf The whole of Hungary was occupied by Nazi Germany.
His name is known to all Hungary.
1. Fill in the gaps with the verb 'to be' in the singular or in the
plural.
1. The rest of the proposals — adopted. 2. The rest of his life —
uneventful. 3. John and Henry were playing, the rest of the boys —
looking on. 4. The rest of the flour — in the larder. 5. The rest of the
vegetables — not good to eat.
2. Say it in English.
1. Остальные туристы купили билеты на завтрашний поезд. 2.
Остальные деньги здесь. 3. Остальные фрукты неспелые. 4.
Остальные прения были менее интересны. 5. Остальные спектакли
были намного интереснее. 6. Остальные вопросы были гораздо легче.
7. Наполеон мечтал завоевать всю Европу. 8. Эта история (это
происшествие) стала известна всему Парижу. 9. На следующий день
его имя стало известно всей Англии. 10. Ее встречал весь Лоуфорд.
11. Весь Эшфилд вышел проводить их.
***
The noun number meaning 'число, количество' when used with
the definite article takes a singular verb.
Eg The number of literary adaptations for the screen and TV is
growing.
When used with the indefinite article it takes a plural verb. In the
pattern A number of (= a few, several), a large (great) number of (=
111
many, a lot of) new houses were built in our neighbourhood a plural
verb is obligatory; in the pattern There are a (large/ great) number of
new houses in our neighbourhood a plural verb is preferable. Note the
absence of article after a (the) number of.
1. Insert the missing articles and verbs.
1. — number of Congressmen elected to US Congress from each
state — on the state's population. — number of Senators — fixed: each
state elects two Senators. 2. In the English language there –– – number of
'Dutch' expressions: Dutch auction, Dutch courage, go Dutch, talk double
Dutch, etc. 3. –– great number of England's outstanding people — buried
at Westminster Abbey. 4. — number of workers engaged in commerce —
growing. 5. There — a number of misprints in the text. 6. –– number of
exceptions –– so great that the rule isn't helpful at all. 7. — great number
of pictures — added to the collection last year. 8. In the English language
there — a great number of verbs converted from nouns. 9. — number of
applicants — increased. 10. — number of names — added later.
2. Say it in English.
1. Было сделано большое количество рекомендаций. 2. В
прошлом году состоялось несколько интересных выставок. 3. Число
желающих принять участие в этом конкурсе растет с каждым годом.
4. Число делегатов на конгресс еще не определено. 5. В его
коллекции есть несколько ценных картин. 6. Количество дорожных
аварий уменьшилось.
1. Note the following patterns which require the definite article (not
the possessive pronoun):
to take (seize, hold, grip, pull) sb by the hand (arm, ear, hair, collar,
sleeve, tail)
to strike (hit) sb in (across) the face (eye), on the chin (nose, jaw)
to pat sb on the back (shoulder)
to stab sb in the back (chest)
to wound (shoot) sb in the back (arm, leg)
to look sb in the face (eyes)
2. The definite article but not the possessive pronoun is found in the
widely used sentences:
It's a slip of the tongue.
It's a slip оf the pen.
112
1. Say it in English.
1. Когда будете переходить улицу, возьмите ребенка за руку. 2.
Подержите собаку за ошейник. 3. Его ранило в ногу. 4. Стив
почувствовал, как кто-то потянул его за рукав. 5. Он получил
пощечину. 6. Мяч попал ему в голову. 7. Фокстерьера пришлось
вытаскивать из норы за хвост. 8. Отец похлопал сына по плечу. 9. Его
убили ударом ножа в спину. 10. Не тяни щенка за ухо, ему больно. 11.
Это оговорка. 12. Я оговорился. 13. Это просто описка.
1. Before nouns denoting social groups use the definite article: the
working class, the proletariat, the bourgeoisie, the aristocracy, the
intellectuals, etc.
2. No article is used before the nouns society meaning 'social order',
opinion meaning 'views of a group', mankind [mæn'kaınd] meaning
'humanity'.
Eg socialist (Commumst, capitalist, bourgeois, civilized, consumer)
society; (world) public opinion; (all) mankind.
3. Note the absence of article in the following fixed phrases:
in public – публично, перед аудиторией
in company – в обществе, в компании
to be (not) true to fact
to be great fun
to be part of the plan (programme, task, assignment)
to seize power, to come to power, to be in power
to take office, to hold office, to be in office, sb's term of office
to declare war on sb, sth
to be at war (with sb, sth)
to take sb prisoner (hostage), to keep (hold) sb prisoner (hostage)
to take aim
,
to commit murder, suicide; but: to commit a crime
to lose consciousness, to lose control of sb (sth, oneself); but: to lose
one's temper (balance)
4. The noun in the of-phrase following the words kind, type, sort,
part, style is mostly used without an article.
Eg this kind of person(s), that sort of thing(s), this type of film(s)
What kind of person is he? What kind of people are they?
5. The indefinite article before part is used when the parts of which
sth is made up are meant, eg Coney Island, no longer an island, is actually
a part of the borough of Brooklyn.
113
1. Say it in English.
1. В конце XIX века Россия стала центром революционной
борьбы пролетариата. 2. Великая Октябрьская социалистическая
революция свергла власть капиталистов и помещиков, установила
диктатуру пролетариата и создала государство нового типа. 3.
Советский Союз явился первым в мире государством рабочих и
крестьян. 4. Социальную основу СССР составляет нерушимый союз
рабочих, крестьян и интеллигенции. 5. Буржуазная пропаганда
дезинформирует общественное мнение. 6. Такое было бы невозможно
в
социалистическом
обществе.
7.
Буржуазные
писатели
ограничивались критикой буржуазного общества, не призывая к
свержению власти буржуазии. 8. Человечество должно быть спасено
от ядерной катастрофы. 9. Какая политическая партия находится в
настоящее время у власти в Англии (в США)? Когда эта партия
пришла к власти? 10. Срок пребывания президента США в должности
– четыре года. 11. Римляне потерпели поражение. Много римских
солдат было взято в плен. 12. Охотник прицелился и выстрелил. 13.
Его убили или он покончил с собой? – Дело расследуется. 14. Это не
соответствует действительности. 15. Она не привыкла петь перед
публикой. 16. Избегайте говорить о своих болезнях в обществе. 17.
Поездка по стране входит в программу (является частью программы).
18. Ездить верхом – большое удовольствие, не правда ли? 19. Что она
за человек? 20. Что это за слово: простое или сложное? 21. Что это за
предложение: сложносочиненное или сложноподчиненное? 22. Он не
тот человек, с которым можно обращаться подобным образом. 23.
Это не та (не такого рода) книга, которую хотелось бы иметь дома и
перечитывать. 24. Боль была настолько сильной, что девушка
потеряла сознание. 25. Он потерял равновесие и упал.
THE PRONOUN. THE ADJECTIVE. THE ADVERB.
THE CONJUNCTION
Compound pronouns with -body are never followed by the
preposition of.
1. Ask questions and have them answered.
Eg He didn't hear the commentary.
"Did any(one) of you hear the commentary?"
"Yes, some of us (them, the students, etc) did."
114
"No, none of us (them, the students, etc.) did."
1. Michael didn't attend yesterday's conference. 2. Mr Spencer hasn't
read today's papers. 3. Mr Dale won't be present at tomorrow's session. 4.
Herbert doesn't remember last year's festival. 5. John didn't take part in last
month's amateur performance. 6. Francis didn't manage to take a picture of
the waterfall. 7. George did not participate in last week's tournament. 8.
Herbert didn't watch yesterday's match.
2. Say it in English.
1. Кто-нибудь из вас видел этот фильм? 2. Никто из нас не знает
этого человека. 3. Никто из них не узнал меня. 4. Никто из моих
соседей не слышал шума. 5. Никто из студентов не дал на этот вопрос
правильного ответа. 6. Кому-нибудь из вас удалось сфотографировать
это животное? 7. Пьеса не понравилась никому из них. 8. Никто из
нас не захотел ехать на экскурсию в такой холодный дождливый
день. 9. Кто-нибудь из вас играет на пианино? 10. Никто из туристов
не знал датского языка.
***
Most precedes a noun denoting a whole class.
Eg Most travellers are glad to be back home.
Most dolphins are easy to train.
Most of precedes a noun denoting some of the members of a class.
Eg Most of the travellers were glad to be back home.
Most of the dolphins performed well.
Sentences with most + plural noun make a general statement.
Sentences with most of + definite article (possessive pronoun,
noun in the possessive case) refer to a concrete situation.
1. Insert the preposition 'of’ and the definite article wherever
required.
1. Most — people prefer to take a holiday in summer. 2. Most —
clerks of the office wanted to go on holiday in summer. 3. Most — flowers
bloom in spring. 4. Most — tulips are in full bloom now. 5. Most —
children like sweets. 6. Most — children behaved well. 7. Most —
Englishmen likе gardening. 8. In most — countries traffic keeps to the
right. 9. Most — famous people were persistent. 10. Most — actors are
115
publicity-conscious.
2. Say it in English.
1. Вместо того, чтобы заниматься спортом, большинство людей
смотрит по телевизору спортивные передачи. 2. Уверен, что в такой
ситуации большинство людей поступило бы так же. 3. Большинство
членов парламента проголосовало за этот законопроект. 4. Большая
часть докладов была посвящена этой проблеме. 5. Считают, что у
большинства англичан есть чувство юмора.
***
Do not use both in negative sentences. To express negation use
neither. Neither is used with a singular verb.
Eg "Are they here?"
"Yes, both of them are."
"No, neither of them is."
1. Answer the questions. Use 'both' or 'neither'.
1. Have they passed the examination? 2. Were they admitted to the
University? 3. Are they studying at Cambridge? 4. Were they expelled? 5.
Did they graduate with honours? 6. Will they apply for the job? 7. Were
they taken on? 8. Do they qualify for the job? 9. Do they specialise in
electronics? 10. Have they made any important discovery?
2. Say it in English.
1. Их обоих приняли в университет. 2. Они оба закончили
университет с отличием. 3. Они оба не согласны с вами. 4. Они оба
больше не живут по этому адресу. 5. Они оба не любят современную
музыку. 6. Мы оба не одобряем ваш стиль жизни. 7. Мы оба
понимаем, что это тоже является лечением (тоже часть лечения). 8.
Их обоих нет в городе. 9. Они оба сомневаются в этом. 10. Они оба
отказались от премии.
***
Note the use of pronouns in the following patterns:
Это привлекло всеобщее внимание, вызвало всеобщее
негодование, возбудило подозрение (любопытство) всех.
It attracted everybody's attention, aroused everybody's indignation
(suspicion, curiosity).
Я хочу сказать несколько слов о... (задать вам несколько
вопросов).
116
I'd like to say a few words about ... (ask you a few questions).
He могли бы вы уделить мне несколько минут?
Could you spare me a few minutes?
1. Say it in English.
1. Можно задать вам несколько вопросов? 2. Вы не могли бы
уделить мне несколько минут? 3. Почему этот факт привлек
внимание всех? 4. Неудивительно, что его поведение возбудило
всеобщее любопытство. 5. Его слова вызвали негодование всех.
***
The pronoun it replaces a definite object, the pronoun one replaces
any object of the class.
Eg "I need a camera."
"Why don't you buy one?"
"I like the camera."
"So buy it."
1. Fill in the gaps with the pronouns 'it' and 'one'.
1. James roamed round the City offices looking for a job. At last he
got —. 2. Put on your helmet. It's illegal to ride a bike without —. 3. I like
the dress. I think I'll buy —. 4. Everybody seems to have a pocket
calculator now. I think I'll buy —. 5. "This cassette-recorder is the latest
model." "Well, I'll take ––." 6. "I'd like a coke." "I'll get you ––." 7. "How
was the play?" "I liked ––." 8. If she wants to have a colour TV set so
badly, let her have —. 9. He sat on the box and squashed —. 10. Have you
got a pet? I've never had ––.
To introduce attributive clauses after the pronouns all, everything,
something, nothing use that but not what.
Eg Все, что он сказал, – правда.
All that he said is true.
Я верю всему, что он говорит.
I believe everything that he says.
1. Say it in English.
1. Все, что он говорит, – разумно. 2. Я захвачу все, что нам
может понадобиться. 3. Нет ничего такого, чего бы эта женщина не
знала. 4. Я помню все, что вы мне сказали. 5. В нем было что-то, что
заставляло ему верить. 6. Все, о чем она упомянула, очень важно. 7.
117
Мы хотим знать обо всем, что произошло с вами, пока нас не было.
***
Russian nouns converted from adjectives and participles often
correspond to English adjectives and participles which are converted
partially, i.e. cannot be used without a noun when the meaning is singular.
Note the following cases:
больной (слепой, глухой, немой, пострадавший, убитый,
раненый, пьяный)
a sick (blind, deaf, dumb, injured, murdered, wounded, drunken)
person (man, woman, boy, girl)
The verb drink (= drink wine, beer, etc to excess) has two participles
– drunk and drunken. The former is used predicatively, eg He was (got)
drunk, and can be substantivised, eg I don’t want to speak with a drunk;
the latter is used attributively and cannot be substantivised. It must be
followed by a noun, eg drunken driving; a drunken man (driver).
1. Say it in English.
1. Больной чувствует себя лучше. 2. Помоги слепому перейти
улицу. 3. Вы говорите, что он глухой. Глухой не услышал бы, как
подъехала машина. 4. Мы поняли, что хотел сказать немой. 5.
Пострадавшему оказали первую помощь. 6. Убитая оказалась женой
директора банка. 7. Раненого отправили в госпиталь. 8. Я не желаю
разговаривать с пьяным.
***
Avoid double comparisons. Say much better (longer, easier, etc.).
But: much more interesting (intense, comfortable, etc.)
1. Answer the questions using 'much' or 'much more'.
Eg "Is this trunk also heavy?"
"It is much heavier."
"Is this suit also expensive?"
"It is much more expensive."
1. Are the wages there as high as at your factory? 2. Is the light made
by a laser more intense than ordinary light? 3. Is he as old as Mr Nash? 4.
Is this metal also light? 5. Did Robin return so late too? 6. Did Helen come
so early? 7. Michael's new apartment is larger, isn’t it? 8. Jane is younger,
isn’t she? 9. Is this cottage as convenient as the old one? 10. Are you sure
the coffee will taste better? 11. Would an expandable table be more
118
convenient? 12. Is the river deeper than the Thames [temz]?
2. Say it in English.
1. Герберт сделает это гораздо лучше. 2. Сегодня намного
теплее, чем вчера. 3. Ему тоже сорок лет? – Нет, он гораздо старше. 4.
То, что произошло затем, было гораздо важнее. 5. Эта квартира
намного удобнее. 6. Скорость была шестьдесят километров в час? –
Нет, они ехали гораздо быстрее. 7. Этот путь короче? – Наоборот,
намного длиннее.
***
1. When making a comparison, use the conjunctions as ... as ... with
the positive degree of adjectives, with the comparative degree use than.
Eg The tower is three times as tall as the house.
The tower is three times taller than the house.
2. Instead of two times use twice.
Eg The tower is twice as tall as the house.
3. When making a comparison, use the word that would be used in
the positive degree.
Eg Цена была вдвое больше.
The price was twice as big (high).
1. Say it in English.
1. Территория США в сорок раз больше территории Англии. 2.
Они ехали со скоростью шестьдесят километров? – Нет, скорость
была в два раза больше. 3. Его зарплата сейчас почти в три раза
больше, чем ваша. 4. Мы ехали в два раза быстрее. 5. Новый зал
вмещает в десять раз больше зрителей, чем старый. 6. В этот автобус
помещается в три раза больше пассажиров, чем в старый. 7. На борту
этого лайнера в десять раз больше людей, чем в пятиэтажном доме.
***
Making a comparison use than usual and as usual.
Cf Чем вы обычно занимаетесь в воскресенье?
What do you usually do on Sundays?
Он проснулся в семь, как обычно.
He woke up at seven as usual.
119
Он проснулся позднее, чем обычно.
Не woke up later than usual.
1. Expand the sentences by adding 'usually', 'as usual', 'than
usual'.
1. Roger was late. 2. It rains at this time of year. 3. Florence sang
better. 4. Hubert felt worse. 5. They quarrelled. 6. Peter gave in. 7.
Students mispronounce the word 'suite'. 8. We got there earlier than Jack
did. 9. The girl mixed up the words 'diary' and 'dairy'. 10. They saw in the
New Year at the Hudsons'.
2. Say it in English.
1. По четвергам они обычно играют в гольф. 2. Во вторник
Барбара пришла домой раньше обычного. 3. Как обычно, они в конце
концов поссорились. 4. Обычно Мэри отвечает на письма сразу. 5.
Как обычно, они встречали Новый год вместе. 6. Обычно она не ездит
на .такой скорости. 7. Они ехали со скоростью шестьдесят
километров в час, как обычно. 8. Обычно он не читает рецензий на
пьесы и фильмы, прежде чем не посмотрит их. 9. Как обычно, она ни
о чем не догадалась. 10. Как обычно, нам объявили об этом в
последний момент.
***
1. Differentiate between the adjective enough and the adverb
enough.
The adjective precedes the noun it modifies:
eg He has enough money to pay for it.
The adverb, which modifies an adjective or an adverb, follows the
word it refers to.
Cf Он достаточно умен, чтобы понять это.
Не is clever enough to understand it.
Он говорил достаточно медленно, чтобы я мог следить за его
мыслью,
Не was speaking slowly enough for me to follow him.
2. Discriminate between the adjective welcome (= received with,
giving pleasure) and the verb to welcome (= to greet sb, to receive sb
warmly).
Cf He is always a welcome guest.
It's a welcome change (rest, suggestion).
120
It is welcome news.
You are welcome to my typewriter (the money, the book).
But: They welcomed the suggestion.
The delegation was welcomed by the Mayor.
We welcomed him to our home.
Note. Welcome may be used as an interjection.
Eg Welcome home! – Добро пожаловать домой!
Welcome to Moscow! – Добро пожаловать в Москву!
1. Say it in English.
1. Мистер Брамбл достаточно богат, чтобы заплатить эту сумму.
2. Мисс Мэй достаточно талантлива, чтобы сыграть главную роль. 3.
Том (еще) достаточно молод, чтобы начать все сначала. 4. Мы ехали
достаточно быстро и к вечеру прибыли в Клиффорд. 5. То, что
хорошо для других, (достаточно) хорошо и для тебя 6. Он всегда
желанный гость у нас в доме.
***
1. After the link verbs to look, to sound, to smell, to taste, to feel
use adjectives, not adverbs.
Eg She looks nice (pale, bad, tired, young, old, disappointed, awful,
grim, gloomy, respectable).
It sounds nice (interesting, promising, convincing, incredible, silly,
sincere, disappointing, exciting, rude, (im)polite, odd, strange, unusual,
scientific, bitter, naïve).
It smells (tastes) sweet (nice, bad, sour, horrible, awful).
She feels well (good, awkward, tired, terrible, fine, nervous).
2. Note the questions: How does he look (feel)? How does it smell
(sound)? How does it feel to be back home (a celebrity, а champion, a
laureate, a teacher, а father)?
3. Sound in this meaning cannot be used as a full predicate.
Cf Это не звучит.
It does not sound correct (customary, good, English).
1. Say it in English.
1. Выглядит очень мило. 2. Пахнет довольно странно. 3. Больной
почувствовал себя плохо. 4. Это прозвучало невежливо. 5. Ее слова
прозвучали горько. 6. Цветок выглядит не очень красиво, но пахнет
121
хорошо. 7. Как он себя чувствует? 8. Как вы себя чувствуете в роли
дедушки? 9. Что вы чувствуете, снова вернувшись домой? 10. Фраза
не звучит. Выразите свою мысль иначе.
***
1. Note the difference between the following patterns:
How does he look? – Как он выглядит? = Изменился ли он?
What does he look like? – Как он выглядит? = Что он собой
представляет? Каков он из себя?
2. When answering the question 'What does it (he, etc) look like?',
give a description.
Eg What does a unicorn look like? – It's a horse-like animal with one
long horn.
1. Complete the statements by adding 'How does he look?' or
'What does he look like?' Have the questions answered.
Eg It's a long time since I saw Jane last.
It's a long time since I saw Jane last. How does she look?
She's thinned down (put on weight), looks old (fine, pretty, very
much the same).
Have you ever seen the picture of a hydra?
Have you ever seen the picture of a hydra? What does this fabulous
creature look like?
It's a great sea serpent with many heads.
1. I haven’t seen Mark for really ages. 2, I have never met Ann's
husband. 3. Have you seen their new chief? 4. John is back from hospital.
5. I hear Michael has just returned from the Antarctic. 6. What kind of
creature is a griphon? 7. In Washington there are monuments both to
George Washington and Abraham Lincoln.
2. Say it in English.
1. Кэтрин выглядит хорошо. А как она себя чувствует? 2. Вы
видели этот необычный памятник, о котором так много говорят? Как
он выглядит? 3. Кто-нибудь видел Нэсси? Кто-нибудь может описать,
как выглядит это чудовище? 4. Я давно не видел Маргарет. Как она
выглядит? 5. Вы навещали Эгнес? Как она выглядит?
***
122
In translating the following phrases do not go by the Russian pattern.
в ближайшем будущем – in the near future
молодое поколение – the younger generation
за последние дни (недели, месяцы, годы) – for the last (past) few
days (weeks, months, years)
с каждым днем (годом, месяцем) – with every passing day (year,
month)
1. Say it in English.
1. Майкл сделал большие успехи за последние месяцы, 2. Мэри
очень изменилась за последние годы. 3. Они ожидают, что результаты
будут получены уже в ближайшем будущем. 4. Все старики
жалуются, что не понимают, что собой представляет молодое поколение. 5. Количество туристов, посещающих музей, растет с каждым
годом.
***
In negative sentences the adverb too is replaced by either.
Eg He can drive a car too. He can't drive a car either.
1. Expand the sentences by adding 'too' or 'either'.
1. Ethel didn't take notes of the lecture. 2. Florence is a film fan. 3.
We didn't hear it announced. 4. Albert advised me against it. 5. I am
looking forward to meeting him. 6. Helen isn’t to blame. 7. I don’t see the
logic of it.
2. Say it in English.
1. Дэвид тоже не виноват. 2. Эгнес тоже не взяла зонтика. 3.
Роджер тоже не достал билета на двадцатое. 4. Я тоже узнал ее. 5. Об
этом тоже упоминается в путеводителе. 6. Она тоже никак не прореагировала на это. 7. Это событие также повлияло на ее решение. 8.
Его тоже наградили орденом. 9. Она тоже не касалась этого вопроса.
10. Я тоже не получаю от нее писем.
***
То denote a consequence now that is used.
Eg Теперь, когда нам все известно, мы можем действовать.
Now that we know everything we can act.
1. Say it in English.
1. Теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я вспомнил. 2. Теперь,
123
когда все решено, вы начинаете протестовать. 3. Раз вы здесь, мы
можем поговорить. 4. Теперь, когда у нас есть доказательства, мы
можем действовать. 5. Теперь, когда вы знаете правду, вы не должны
колебаться.
***
Do not use the conjunction as after the verbs elect, consider and call.
We consider him (to be) our
He was elected chairman.
They call him 'Colonel'.
But: She acted as our guide. He treated them as his equals. We
regard him as an authority on the subject. They chose him as their leader.
They address him as ‘Professor'.
***
To introduce the adverbial clause of manner in the following patterns
use the conjunction as, but not the adverb how.
Поступайте так, как вам говорят. Do as you are told.
Поступайте, как он. Act as he does.
Делайте, как вы считаете нужным. Act as you think fit.
Я так и говорил (думал, ожидал).
(It was) just as I said (thought, expected).
Note the place of so in the following sentence:
Случилось так, что они встретились снова.
It so happened that they met again.
To introduce an object clause after the verb to doubt in the
affirmative use the conjunctions whether and if, after the negative form of
to doubt use that.
Eg I doubt whether (if) he will support us.
I don’t doubt that he will support us.
Note that the verb to doubt is mostly used transitively.
Eg Он придет. Я не сомневаюсь.
He will come. I don’t doubt it.
Note also the translation of the following sentences:
Если вы сомневаетесь (= не знаете точно), обратитесь в
справочное бюро.
If you are in doubt (about it), ask at an enquiry office. (Incorrect: *If
124
you doubt, ask ...)
Если вы сомневаетесь (= не знаете), какое слово употребить,
посмотрите в словаре.
If you are in doubt as to which word to use, consult the dictionary.
Я сомневаюсь. (= У меня есть сомнения на этот счет.)
I have my doubts (about it).
1. Say it in English.
1. Герберт считает мистера Фроста своим учителем. 2.
Поступайте, как вам советуют. 3. Случилось так, что мы
остановились в одной и той же гостинице. 4. Если вы сомневаетесь,
не рискуйте. 5. Если миссис Стор сомневается, пусть посоветуется с
адвокатом. 6. Если вы сомневаетесь относительно значения этого
выражения, посмотрите в словаре. 7. Сомневаюсь, что он выполнит
свои обещания. 8. Сомневаюсь, что ей понравится этот фильм. 9.
Дэвид не сомневается, что это предложение будет принято. 10. Не
сомневаюсь, что это была шутка.
125
126

Main Body

Chapter 2. Working with Words: Which Word Is Right?

2.1 Commonly Confused Words

Learning Objectives

  • Identify commonly confused words
  • Use strategies to avoid commonly confused words

Just as a mason uses bricks to build sturdy homes, writers use words to build successful documents. Consider the construction of a building. Builders need to use tough, reliable materials to build a solid and structurally sound skyscraper. From the foundation to the roof and every floor in between, every part is necessary. Writers need to use strong, meaningful words from the first sentence to the last and in every sentence in between.

You already know many words that you use every day as part of your writing and speaking vocabulary. You probably also know that certain words fit better in certain situations. Letters, emails, and even quickly jotted grocery lists require the proper selection of vocabulary. Imagine you are writing a grocery list to purchase the ingredients for a recipe but accidentally write down cilantro when the recipe calls for parsley. Even though cilantro and parsley look remarkably alike, each produces a very different effect in food. This seemingly small error could radically alter the flavour of your dish!

Having a solid everyday vocabulary will help you while writing, but learning new words and avoiding common word errors will make a real impression on your readers. Experienced writers know that deliberate, careful word selection and usage can lead to more polished, more meaningful work. This chapter covers word choice and vocabulary-building strategies that will improve your writing.

Commonly Confused Words

Some words in English cause trouble for speakers and writers because they share a similar pronunciation, meaning, or spelling with another word. These words are called commonly confused words. For example, read aloud the following sentences containing the commonly confused words new and knew:

I liked her new sweater.

knew she would wear that sweater today.

These words may sound alike when spoken, but they carry entirely different usages and meanings. New is an adjective that describes the sweater, and knew is the past tense of the verb to know. To read more about adjectives, verbs, and other parts of speech see Section 3.1: Sentence Writing.

Recognizing Commonly Confused Words

New and knew are just two of the words that can be confusing because of their similarities. Familiarize yourself with the following list of commonly confused words. Recognizing these words in your own writing and in other pieces of writing can help you choose the correct word to avoid confusing the reader and, ultimately, being incorrect in your writing.

Commonly Confused Words

A, An, And

A (article). Used before a word that begins with a consonant.
a key, a mouse, a screen

An (article). Used before a word that begins with a vowel.
an airplane, an ocean, an igloo

And (conjunction). Connects two or more words together.
peanut butter and jelly, pen and pencil, jump and shout

Accept, Except

Accept (verb). Means to take or agree to something offered.
They accepted our proposal for the conference.

Except (conjunction). Means only or but.
We could fly there except the tickets cost too much.

Affect, Effect

Affect (verb). Means to create a change.
Hurricane winds affect the amount of rainfall.

Effect (noun). Means an outcome or result.
The heavy rains will have an effect on the crop growth.

Are, Our

Are (verb). A conjugated form of the verb to be.
My cousins are all tall and blonde.

Our (pronoun). Indicates possession, usually follows the pronoun we.
We will bring our cameras to take pictures.

By, Buy

By (preposition). Means next to.
My glasses are by the bed.

Buy (verb). Means to purchase.
I will buy new glasses after the doctor’s appointment.

Its, It’s

Its (pronoun). A form of it that shows possession.
The butterfly flapped its wings.

It’s (contraction). Joins the words it and is.
It’s the most beautiful butterfly I have ever seen.

Know, No

Know (verb). Means to understand or possess knowledge.
know the male peacock sports the brilliant feathers.

No. Used to make a negative.
I have no time to visit the zoo this weekend.

Loose, Lose

Loose (adjective). Describes something that is not tight or is detached.
Without a belt, her pants are loose on her waist.

Lose (verb). Means to forget, to give up, or to fail to earn something.
She will lose even more weight after finishing the marathon training.

Of, Have

Of (preposition). Means from or about.
I studied maps of the city to know where to rent a new apartment.

Have (verb). Means to possess something.
have many friends to help me move.

Have (linking verb). Used to connect verbs.
I should have helped her with that heavy box.

Quite, Quiet, Quit

Quite (adverb). Means really or truly.
My work will require quite a lot of concentration.

Quiet (adjective). Means not loud.
I need a quiet room to complete the assignments.

Quit (verb). Means to stop or to end.
I will quit when I am hungry for dinner.

Right, Write

Right (adjective). Means proper or correct.
When bowling, she practises the right form.

Right (adjective). Also means the opposite of left.
The ball curved to the right and hit the last pin.

Write (verb). Means to communicate on paper.
After the team members bowl, I will write down their scores.

Set, Sit

Set (verb). Means to put an item down.
She set the mug on the saucer.

Set (noun). Means a group of similar objects.
All the mugs and saucers belonged in a set.

Sit (verb). Means to lower oneself down on a chair or another place.
I’ll sit on the sofa while she brews the tea.

Suppose, Supposed

Suppose (verb). Means to think or to consider.
suppose I will bake the bread, because no one else has the recipe.

Suppose (verb). Means to suggest.
Suppose we all split the cost of the dinner.

Supposed (verb). The past tense form of the verb suppose, meaning required or allowed.
She was supposed to create the menu.

Than, Then

Than (conjunction). Used to connect two or more items when comparing.
Registered nurses require less schooling than doctors.

Then (adverb). Means next or at a specific time.
Doctors first complete medical school and then obtain a residency.

Their, They’re, There

Their (pronoun). A form of they that shows possession.
The dog walker feeds their dogs everyday at two o’clock.

They’re (contraction). Joins the words they and are.
They’re
 the sweetest dogs in the neighbourhood.

There (pronoun). Indicates the presence of something
There are more treats if the dogs behave.

To, Two, Too

To (preposition). Indicates movement.
Let’s go to the circus.

To. A word that completes an infinitive verb.
to play, to ride, to watch.

Two. The number after one. It describes how many.
Two clowns squirted the elephants with water.

Too (adverb). Means also or very.
The tents were too loud, and we left.

Use (verb). Means to apply for some purpose.
We use a weed whacker to trim the hedges.

Used. The past tense form of the verb to use
He used the lawnmower last night before it rained.

Used to. Indicates something done in the past but not in the present
He used to hire a team to landscape, but now he landscapes alone.

Who’s, Whose

Who’s (contraction). Joins the words who and either is or has.
Who’s
 the new student? Who’s met him?

Whose (pronoun). A form of who that shows possession.
Whose schedule allows them to take the new student on a campus tour?

Your (pronoun). A form of you that shows possession.

Your
 book bag is unzipped.


You’re
 (contraction). Joins the words you and are.

You’re the girl with the unzipped book bag.

The English language contains so many words; no one can say for certain how many words exist. In fact, many words in English are borrowed from other languages. Many words have multiple meanings and forms, further expanding the immeasurable number of English words. Although the list of commonly confused words serves as a helpful guide, even these words may have more meanings than shown here. When in doubt, consult an expert: the dictionary!

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.1

Complete the following sentences by selecting the correct word.

My little cousin turns ________(to, too, two) years old tomorrow.

The next-door neighbour’s dog is ________(quite, quiet, quit) loud. He barks constantly throughout the night.

________(Your, You’re) mother called this morning to talk about the party.

I would rather eat a slice of chocolate cake ________(than, then) eat a chocolate muffin.

Before the meeting, he drank a cup of coffee and ________(than, then) brushed his teeth.

Do you have any ________(loose, lose) change to pay the parking meter?

Father must ________(have, of) left his briefcase at the office.

Before playing ice hockey, I was ________(suppose, supposed) to read the contract, but I only skimmed it and signed my name quickly, which may ________(affect, effect) my understanding of the rules.

Tonight she will ________(set, sit) down and ________(right, write) a cover letter to accompany her resumé and job application.

It must be fall, because the leaves ________(are, our) changing, and ________(it’s, its) getting darker earlier.

Strategies to Avoid Commonly Confused Words

When writing, you need to choose the correct word according to its spelling and meaning in the context. Not only does selecting the correct word improve your vocabulary and your writing, but it also makes a good impression on your readers. It also helps reduce confusion and improve clarity. The following strategies can help you avoid misusing confusing words.

Use a dictionary. Keep a dictionary at your desk while you write. Look up words when you are uncertain of their meanings or spellings. Many dictionaries are also available online, and the Internet’s easy access will not slow you down. Check out your cell phone or smartphone to see if a dictionary app is available.

Keep a list of words you commonly confuse. Be aware of the words that often confuse you. When you notice a pattern of confusing words, keep a list nearby, and consult the list as you write. Check the list again before you submit an assignment to your instructor.

Study the list of commonly confused words. You may not yet know which words confuse you, but before you sit down to write, study the words on the list. Prepare your mind for working with words by reviewing the commonly confused words identified in this chapter.

Tip

image

Commonly confused words appear in many locations, not just at work or at school. Be on the lookout for misused words wherever you find yourself throughout the day. Make a mental note of the error and remember its correction for your own pieces of writing.

Writing at Work

All employers value effective communication. From an application to an interview to the first month on the job, employers pay attention to your vocabulary. You do not need a large vocabulary to succeed, but you do need to be able to express yourself clearly and avoid commonly misused words.

When giving an important presentation on the effect of inflation on profit margins, you must know the difference between effect and affect and choose the correct word. When writing an email to confirm deliveries, you must know if the shipment will arrive in to days, too days, or two days. Confusion may arise if you choose the wrong word.

Consistently using the proper words will improve your communication and make a positive impression on your boss and colleagues.

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.2

The following paragraph contains 11 errors. Find each misused word and correct it by adding the proper word.

The original United States Declaration of Independence sets in a case at the Rotunda for the Charters of Freedom as part of the National Archives in Washington, DC. Since 1952, over one million visitors each year of passed through the Rotunda too snap a photograph to capture they’re experience. Although signs state, “No Flash Photography,” forgetful tourists leave the flash on, an a bright light flickers for just a millisecond. This millisecond of light may not seem like enough to effect the precious document, but supposed how much light could be generated when all those milliseconds are added up. According to the National Archives administrators, its enough to significantly damage the historic document. So, now, the signs display quit a different message: “No Photography.” Visitors continue to travel to see the Declaration that began are country, but know longer can personal pictures serve as mementos. The administrators’ compromise, they say, is a visit to the gift shop for a preprinted photograph.

Collaboration: Please share with a classmate and compare your answers.

Key Takeaways

In order to write accurately, it is important for writers to be aware of commonly confused words.

Although commonly confused words may look alike or sound alike, their meanings are very different.

Consulting the dictionary is one way to make sure you are using the correct word in your writing. You may also keep a list of commonly confused words nearby when you write, or study the chart in this section.

Choosing the proper words leaves a positive impression on your readers.

Writing Application

Review the latest assignment you completed for school or for work. Does it contain any commonly confused words? Circle each example and use the circled words to begin your own checklist of commonly confused words. Continue to add to your checklist each time you complete an assignment and find a misused word.

2.2 Spelling

Learning Objectives

  • Identify common spelling rules
  • Identify commonly misused homonyms
  • Identify commonly misspelled words

One essential aspect of good writing is accurate spelling. With computer spell checkers at your disposal, spelling may seem simple, but these programs fail to catch every error. Spell checkers identify some errors, but writers still have to consider the flagged words and suggested replacements. Writers are still responsible for the errors that remain.

For example, if the spell checker highlights a word that is misspelled and gives you a list of alternative words, you may choose a word that you never intended even though it is spelled correctly. This can change the meaning of your sentence. It can also confuse readers, making them lose interest. Computer spell checkers are useful editing tools, but they can never replace human knowledge of spelling rules, homonyms, and commonly misspelled words.

Common Spelling Rules

The best way to master new words is to understand the key spelling rules. Keep in mind, however, that some spelling rules carry exceptions. A spell checker may catch these exceptions, but knowing them yourself will prepare you to spell accurately on the first try. You may want to try memorizing each rule and its exception like you would memorize a rhyme or lyrics to a song.

achieve, niece, alien

receive, deceive

When words end in a consonant plusy, drop the y and add an i before adding another ending.

happy + er = happier

cry + ed = cried

When words end in a vowel plusy, keep the y and add the ending.

delay + ed = delayed

Memorize the following exceptions to this rule: daylaysaypay = daily, laidsaidpaid

When adding an ending that begins with a vowel, such as –able, –ence, –ing, or –ity, drop the last e in a word.

write + ing = writing

pure + ity = purity

When adding an ending that begins with a consonant, such as –less, –ment, or –ly, keep the last e in a word.hope + less = hopeless
advertise + ment = advertisementFor many words ending in a consonant and ano, add –s when using the plural form.photo + s = photossoprano + s = sopranos

Add –esto words that end ins,ch,sh, and x.
church + es = churches

fax + es = faxes

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.3

Identify and correct the nine misspelled words in the following paragraph.
Sherman J. Alexie Jr. was born in October 1966. He is a Spokane/Coeur d’Alene Indian and an American writer, poet, and filmmaker. Alexie was born with hydrocephalus, or water on the brain. This condition led doctors to predict that he would likly suffer long-term brain damage and possibly mental retardation. Although Alexie survived with no mental disabilitys, he did suffer other serious side effects from his condition that plagud him throughout his childhood. Amazingly, Alexie learned to read by the age of three, and by age five he had read novels such as John Steinbeck’s The Grapes of Wrath. Raised on an Indian reservation, Alexie often felt aleinated from his peers due to his avid love for reading and also from the long-term effects of his illness, which often kept him from socializeing with his peers on the reservation. The reading skills he displaid at such a young age foreshadowed what he would later become. Today Alexie is a prolific and successful writer with several story anthologeis to his credit, noteably The Lone Ranger and Tonto Fistfight in Heaven and The Toughest Indian in the World. Most of his fiction is about contemporary Native Americans who are influenced by pop culture and powwows and everything in between. His work is sometimes funny but always thoughtful and full of richness and depth. Alexie also writes poetry, novels, and screenplays. His latest collection of storys is called War Dances, which came out in 2009.

Collaboration: Please share with a classmate and compare your answers.

Tip

Use these eight tips to improve your spelling skills:

Read the words in your assignment carefully, and avoid skimming over the page. Focusing on your written assignment word by word will help you pay close attention to each word’s spelling. Skimming quickly, you may overlook misspelled words.

Use mnemonic devices to remember the correct spelling of words. Mnemonic devices, or memory techniques and learning aids, include inventive sayings or practices that help you remember. For example, the saying “It is important to be a beautiful person inside and out” may help you remember that beautiful begins with “be a.” The practice of pronouncing the word Wednesday Wed-nes-day may help you remember how to spell the word correctly.

Use a dictionary. Many professional writers rely on the dictionary—either in print or online. If you find it difficult to use a regular dictionary, ask your instructor to help you find a “poor speller’s dictionary.”

Use your computer’s spell checker. The spell checker will not solve all your spelling problems, but it is a useful tool. See the introduction to this section for cautions about spell checkers.

Keep a list of frequently misspelled words. You will often misspell the same words again and again, but do not let this discourage you. All writers struggle with the spellings of certain words; they become aware of their spelling weaknesses and work to improve. Be aware of which words you commonly misspell, and you can add them to a list to learn to spell them correctly.

Look over corrected papers for misspelled words. Add these words to your list and practise writing each word four to five times. Writing teachers will especially notice which words you frequently misspell, and it will help you excel in your classes if they see your spelling improve.

Test yourself with flash cards. Sometimes the old-fashioned methods are best, and for spelling, this tried-and-true technique has worked for many students. You can work with a peer or alone.

Review the common spelling rules explained in this chapter. Take the necessary time to master the material; you may return to the rules in this chapter again and again, as needed.

Tip

Remember to focus on spelling during the editing and revising step of the writing process. Start with the big ideas such as organizing your piece of writing and developing effective paragraphs, and then work your way down toward the smaller—but equally important—details like spelling and punctuation.

Homonyms

Homonyms are words that sound like one another but have different meanings.

Commonly Misused Homonyms

Lead, Led

Lead (noun). A type of metal used in pipes and batteries.
The lead pipes in my homes are old and need to be replaced.

Led (verb). The past tense of the verb lead.
After the garden, she led the patrons through the museum.

Lessen, Lesson

Lessen (verb). To reduce in number, size, or degree.
My dentist gave me medicine to lessen the pain of my aching tooth.

Lesson (noun). A reading or exercise to be studied by a student.
Today’s lesson was about mortgage interest rates.

Passed, Past

Passed (verb). To go away or move.
He passed the slower cars on the road using the left lane.

Past (noun). Having existed or taken place in a period before the present.
The argument happened in the past, so there is no use in dwelling on it.

Patience, Patients

Patience (noun). The capacity of being patient (waiting for a period of time or enduring pains and trials calmly).
The novice teacher’s patience with the unruly class was astounding.

Patients (plural noun). Individuals under medical care.
The patients were tired of eating the hospital food, and they could not wait for a home-cooked meal.

Peace, Piece

Peace (noun). A state of tranquility or quiet.
For once, there was peace between the argumentative brothers.

Piece (noun). A part of a whole.
I would like a large piece of cake, thank you.

Principle, Principal

Principle (noun). A fundamental concept that is accepted as true.
The principle of human equality is an important foundation for all nations.

Principal (noun). The original amount of debt on which interest is calculated.
The payment plan allows me to pay back only the principal amount, not any compounded interest.

Principal (noun). A person who is the main authority of a school.
The principal held a conference for both parents and teachers.

Sees, Seas, Seize

Sees (verb). To perceive with the eye.
He sees a whale through his binoculars.

Seas (plural noun). The plural of sea, a great body of salt water.
The tidal fluctuation of the oceans and seas are influenced by the moon.

Seize (verb). To possess or take by force.
The king plans to seize all the peasants’ land.

Threw, Through

Threw (verb). The past tense of throw.
She threw the football with perfect form.

Through (preposition). A word that indicates movement.
She walked through the door and out of his life.

Where, Wear, Ware

Where (adverb). The place in which something happens.
Where is the restaurant?

Wear (verb). To carry or have on the body.
I will wear my hiking shoes when go on a climb tomorrow morning.

Ware (noun). Articles of merchandise or manufacture (usually, wares).
When I return from shopping, I will show you my wares.

Which, Witch

Which (pronoun). Replaces one out of a group.
Which apartment is yours?

Witch (noun). A person who practises sorcery or who has supernatural powers.
She thinks she is a witch, but she does not seem to have any powers.

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.4

Complete the following sentences by selecting the correct homonym.

Do you agree with the underlying ________(principle, principal) that ensures copyrights are protected in the digital age?
I like to ________(where, wear, ware) unique clothing from thrift stores that do not have company logos on them.
Marjorie felt like she was being ________(led, lead) on a wild goose chase, and she did not like it one bit.
Serina described ________(witch, which) house was hers, but now that I am here, they all look the same.
Seeing his friend without a lunch, Miguel gave her a ________(peace, piece) of his apple.
Do you think that it is healthy for mother to talk about the ________(passed, past) all the time?
Eating healthier foods will ________(lessen, lesson) the risk of heart disease.
Daniela ________(sees, seas, seize) possibilities in the bleakest situations, and that it is why she is successful.
Everyone goes ________(through, threw) hardships in life regardless of who they are.

Collaboration: Please share with a classmate and compare your answers.

Commonly Misspelled Words

Table 2.1: Commonly Misspelled Words provides a list of commonly misspelled words. You probably use these words every day in either speaking or writing. Each word has a segment in bold type that indicates the problem area of the word that is often spelled incorrectly. Refer to this list as needed before, during, and after you write.

Tip

Use these two techniques to help you master these troublesome words:

Copy each word a few times and underline the problem area.

Copy the words onto flash cards and have a friend test you.

Table 2.1 Commonly Misspelled Words

across address answer argument athlete

beginning

behaviour

calendar

career conscience crowded definite describe

desperate

different

disappoint

disapprove eighth embarrass environment exaggerate

familiar

finally

government

grammar height illegal immediate important

integration

intelligent

interest

interfere jewellery judgment knowledge maintain

mathematics

meant

necessary

nervous occasion opinion optimist particular

perform

personnel

possess

possible prefer prejudice privilege probably

psychology

pursue

reference

rhythm ridiculous separate speech similar

since

strength

success

surprise taught temperature thorough thought

tired

until

weight

written writing

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.5

Identify and correct the 10 commonly misspelled words in the following passage.

Brooklyn is one of the five boroughs that make up New York City. It is located on the eastern shore of Long Island directly accross the East River from the island of Manhattan. Its beginings stretch back to the 16th century when it was founded by the Dutch who originally called it “Breuckelen.” Immedietely after the Dutch settled Brooklyn, it came under British rule. However, neither the Dutch nor the British were Brooklyn’s first inhabitants. When European settlers first arrived, Brooklyn was largely inhabited by the Lenapi, a collective name for several organized bands of Native American people who settled a large area of land that extended from upstate New York through the entire state of New Jersey. They are sometimes referred to as the Delaware Indians. Over time, the Lenapi succumbed to European diseases or conflicts between European settlers or other Native American enemies. Finalley, they were pushed out of Brooklyn completely by the British.

In 1776, Brooklyn was the site of the first importent battle of the American Revolution known as the Battle of Brooklyn. The colonists lost this battle, which was led by George Washington, but over the next two years they would win the war, kicking the British out of the colonies once and for all.

By the end of the 19th century, Brooklyn grew to be a city in its own right. The completion of the Brooklyn Bridge was an ocasion for celebration; transportation and commerce between Brooklyn and Manhattan now became much easier. Eventually, in 1898, Brooklyn lost its seperate identity as an independent city and became one of five boroughs of New York City. However, in some people’s opinien, the intagration into New York City should have never happened; they though Brooklyn should have remained an independant city.

Collaboration: Please share with a classmate and compare your answers.

Writing at Work

In today’s job market, writing emails has become a means by which many people find employment. Emails to prospective employers require thoughtful word choice, accurate spelling, and perfect punctuation. Employers’ inboxes are inundated with countless emails daily. If even the subject line of an email contains a spelling error, it will likely be overlooked and someone else’s email will take priority.

The best thing to do after you proofread an email to an employer and run the spell checker is to have an additional set of eyes go over it with you; one of your teachers may be able to read the email and give you suggestions for improvement. Most colleges and universities have writing centres, which may also be able to assist you.

Key Takeaways

Accurate, error-free spelling enhances your credibility with the reader.

Mastering the rules of spelling may help you become a better speller.

Knowing the commonly misused homonyms may prevent spelling errors.

Studying the list of commonly misspelled words in this chapter, or studying a list of your own, is one way to improve your spelling skills.

Writing Application

What is your definition of a successful person? Is it based on a person’s profession or character? Perhaps success means a combination of both. In one paragraph, describe in detail what you think makes a person successful. When you are finished, proofread your work for spelling errors. Exchange papers with a partner and read each other’s work. See if you catch any spelling errors that your partner missed.

2.3 Word Choice

Learning Objectives

  • Identify the reasons why using a dictionary and thesaurus is important when writing
  • Identify how to use proper connotations
  • Identify how to avoid using slang, clichés, and overly general words in your writing

Effective writing involves making conscious word choices. When you prepare to sit down to write your first draft, you likely have already completed some freewriting exercises, chosen your topic, developed your thesis statement, written an outline, and even selected your sources. When it is time to write your first draft, start to consider which words to use to best convey your ideas to the reader.

Some writers are picky about word choice as they start drafting. They may practise some specific strategies, such as using a dictionary and thesaurus, using words and phrases with proper connotations, and avoiding slang, clichés, and overly general words.

Once you understand these tricks of the trade, you can move ahead confidently in writing your assignment. Remember, the skill and accuracy of your word choice is a major factor in developing your writing style. Precise selection of your words will help you be more clearly understood—in both writing and speaking.

Using a Dictionary and Thesaurus

Even professional writers need help with the meanings, spellings, pronunciations, and uses of particular words. In fact, they rely on dictionaries to help them write better. No one knows every word in the English language and their multiple uses and meanings, so all writers, from novices to professionals, can benefit from the use of dictionaries.

Most dictionaries provide the following information:

  • Spelling: How the word and its different forms are spelled
  • Pronunciation: How to say the word
  • Part of speech: The function of the word
  • Definition: The meaning of the word
  • Synonyms: Words that have similar meanings
  • Etymology: The history of the word

Look at the following sample dictionary entry and see which of the preceding information you can identify:

myth, mith, n. [Gr. mythos, a word, a fable, a legend.] A fable or legend embodying the convictions of a people as to their gods or other divine beings, their own beginnings and early history and the heroes connected with it, or the origin of the world; any invented story; something or someone having no existence in fact.—myth • icmyth • i • cal

Like a dictionary, a thesaurus is another indispensable writing tool. A thesaurus gives you a list of synonyms—words that have the same (or close to the same) meaning as another word. It also lists antonyms—words with the opposite meaning of the word. A thesaurus will help you when you are looking for the perfect word with just the right meaning to convey your ideas. It will also help you learn more words and use the ones you already know more correctly. Look at the following thesaurus entry:

precocious adjShe’s such a precocious little girl!: uncommonly smart, mature, advanced, smart, bright, brilliant, gifted, quick, clever, apt.

Ant. slow, backward, stupid.

Using Proper Connotations

denotation is the dictionary definition of a word. A connotation, on the other hand, is the emotional or cultural meaning attached to a word. The connotation of a word can be positive, negative, or neutral. Keep in mind the connotative meaning when choosing a word. Look at the examples below:

Scrawny

Denotation: Exceptionally thin and slight or meagre in body or size.

Word used in a sentence: Although he was a premature baby and a scrawny child, Martin has developed into a strong man.

Connotation: (Negative) In this sentence the word scrawny may have a negative connotation in the readers’ minds. They might find it to mean a weakness or a personal flaw; however, the word fits into the sentence appropriately.

Skinny

Denotation: Lacking sufficient flesh, very thin.

Word used in a sentence: Skinny jeans have become very fashionable in the past couple of years.

Connotation: (Positive) Based on cultural and personal impressions of what it means to be skinny, the reader may have positive connotations of the word skinny.

Lean

Denotation: Lacking or deficient in flesh; containing little or no fat.

Word used in a sentence: My brother has a lean figure, whereas I have a more muscular build.

Connotation: (Neutral) In this sentence, lean has a neutral connotation. It does not call to mind an overly skinny person like the word scrawny, nor does imply the positive cultural impressions of the word skinny. It is merely a neutral descriptive word.

Notice that all the words have a very similar denotation; however, the connotations of each word differ.

Self-Practice-EXERCISE 2.6

In each of the following list items, you will find words with similar denotations. Identify the words’ connotations as positive, negative, or neutral by writing the word in the appropriate box. Use the table below.

curious, nosy, interested
lazy, relaxed, slow
courageous, foolhardy, assured
new, newfangled, modern
mansion, shack, residence
spinster, unmarried woman, career woman
giggle, laugh, cackle
boring, routine, prosaic
noted, notorious, famous
assertive, confident, pushy

Positive

Negative

Neutral

Avoiding Slang

Slang describes informal words that are considered nonstandard English. Slang often changes with passing fads and may be used by or familiar to only a specific group of people. Most people use slang when they speak and in personal correspondence, such as emails, text messages, and instant messages.

Slang is appropriate between friends in an informal context but should be avoided in formal academic writing.

Writing at Work

Frequent exposure to media and popular culture has desensitized many of us to slang. In certain situations, using slang at work may not be problematic, but keep in mind that words can have a powerful effect. Slang in professional emails or during meetings may convey the wrong message or even mistakenly offend someone.

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.7

Edit the following paragraph by replacing the slang words and phrases with more formal language. Rewrite the paragraph on your own sheet of paper.

I felt like such an airhead when I got up to give my speech. As I walked toward the podium, I banged my knee on a chair. Man, I felt like such a klutz. On top of that, I kept saying “like” and “um,” and I could not stop fidgeting. I was so stressed out about being up there. I feel like I’ve been practising this speech 24/7, and I still bombed. It was 10 minutes of me going off about how we sometimes have to do things we don’t enjoy doing. Wow, did I ever prove my point. My speech was so bad I’m surprised that people didn’t boo. My teacher said not to sweat it, though. Everyone gets nervous his or her first time speaking in public, and she said, with time, I would become a whiz at this speech giving stuff. I wonder if I have the guts to do it again.

Collaboration: Please share with a classmate and compare your answers.

Avoiding Clichés

Clichés are descriptive expressions that have lost their effectiveness because they are overused. Writing that uses clichés often suffers from a lack of originality and insight. Avoiding clichés in formal writing will help you write in original and fresh ways.

Clichéd: Whenever my brother and I get into an argument, he always says something that makes my blood boil.

Plain: Whenever my brother and I get into an argument, he always says something that makes me really angry.

Original: Whenever my brother and I get into an argument, he always says something that makes me want to go to the gym and punch the bag for a few hours.

Tip

Think about all the cliché phrases that you hear in popular music or in everyday conversation. What would happen if these clichés were transformed into something unique?

Self-Practice EXERCISE 2.8

On your own sheet of paper, revise the following sentences by replacing the clichés with fresh, original descriptions.

She is writing a memoir in which she will air her family’s dirty laundry.
Fran had an axe to grind with Benny, and she planned to confront him that night at the party.
Mr. Muller was at his wit’s end with the rowdy class of seventh graders.
The bottom line is that Greg was fired because he missed too many days of work.
Sometimes it is hard to make ends meet with just one paycheque.
My brain is fried from pulling an all-nighter.
Maria left the dishes in the sink all week to give Jeff a taste of his own medicine.
While they were at the carnival, Janice exclaimed, “Time sure does fly when you are having fun!”
Jeremy became tongue-tied after the interviewer asked him where he saw himself in five years.

Avoiding Overly General Words

Specific words and images make your writing more interesting to read. Whenever possible, avoid overly general words in your writing; instead, try to replace general language with particular nouns, verbs, and modifiers that convey details and that bring yours words to life. Add words that provide colour, texture, sound, and even smell to your writing.

General: My new puppy is cute.

General: My teacher told us that plagiarism is bad.

Specific: My teacher, Ms. Atwater, created a presentation detailing exactly how plagiarism is illegal and unethical.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.9

Revise the following sentences by replacing the overly general words with more precise and attractive language. Write the new sentences on your own sheet of paper.

Reilly got into her car and drove off.
I would like to travel to outer space because it would be amazing.
Jane came home after a bad day at the office.
I thought Milo’s essay was fascinating.
The dog walked up the street.
The coal miners were tired after a long day.
The tropical fish are pretty.
I sweat a lot after running.
The goalie blocked the shot.
I enjoyed my Mexican meal.

Key Takeaways

  • Using a dictionary and thesaurus as you write will improve your writing by improving your word choice.
  • Connotations of words may be positive, neutral, or negative.
  • Slang, clichés, and overly general words should be avoided in academic writing.

Writing Application

Review a piece of writing that you have completed for school. Circle any sentences with slang, clichés, or overly general words and rewrite them using stronger language.

2.4 Angle of Vision

Learning Objectives

  • Identify how different wording can change angles of vision and impact on readers
  • Apply techniques to demonstrate different angles of vision and create objective writing

On occasion, you will be asked to write an emotionally expressive or sensory piece—something like your journal entries. However, during your academic studies, your instructors will ask you to write essays that are fact based and academic in tone. This means you will only be able to show your opinions by the choice of ideas you discuss and how you present your evidence. Your instructors will expect you to compose emotion-free papers, which means you have to choose your words carefully. When you write pieces full of emotion without facts, the reader is less likely to trust your argument. Imagine that you feel very strongly on an issue but do not use facts to support your argument. What if the reader disagrees with you? Since you have not provided factual supporting evidence, the reader will not be convinced of your point of view.

In this section, we will explore the impact of emotional writing and the impact on the reader; we will also explore word choices and their possible connotations. To begin, look at the two passages in Self-Practice Exercise 2.10 showing different angles of vision or points of view.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.10

This exercise will show you how simple changes in word choice and a writer using a lot of personal opinion will impact the reader. Look at the two passages below then answer the questions.

Passage 1
What a glorious day! The beautiful sun is shining down on those basking, hoping to absorb its wonderful rays. The surf is playfully nudging the young children who are frolicking in the waves. A group of smiling young people laugh joyously as they plan an exciting game of volleyball. As I watch their rousing game, I enjoy the feel of the warm sand playing between my toes. I love summer at the beach!

Passage 2
It is way too hot! The sun is beating down on all those foolish enough to think it is healthy to get a suntan. They will be sorry when they burn. I keep seeing unsupervised children getting knocked down by the strong waves, and their negligent parents are nowhere to be seen. Nearby, some rowdy teenagers keep laughing obnoxiously every time one in their group misses the volleyball; they are really terrible volleyball players. I would like to move from where I am sitting, but the sand is scorching hot and will burn my feet. I wish I had stayed home!

Questions

What are the differences in the physical setting that these passages are describing? Are they in different locations or happening at different times of day? Are there different people involved?

What evidence beyond sensory perceptions and personal opinion do the writers provide?

Which one are you more likely to agree with? Why? Is this because it matches your personal opinion of the beach or because it is combined with supporting facts?

It is clear that the two authors like or appreciate conditions and experiences differently. In Passage 1, the writer likes warm weather and does not mind noise, but in Passage 2, the writer would probably prefer to be at home in air conditioning. Ultimately, the passage that you connect with more is probably based on how you personally feel about going to the beach. Because the passages are based solely on opinion, there is nothing in them to convince the reader that other perspectives or angles of vision are valid. This is why you need to use facts to back up your ideas when writing (and of course include citations, which are discussed in Chapter 9: Citations and Referencing). However, before we look at objective, fact-based writing, your first assignment will give you an opportunity to practise choosing your words to show differing perspectives; it will also help you to see how changing words can completely change the effect of the writing.

Assignment 1: angles of vision (2.5%)

Choose a place where you can sit and observe for 15 to-20 minutes. Then write a focused description of the scene that will enable the reader to see what you see. You will actually have to write two descriptions of the same scene. One will be of the scene from a positive or favourable perspective; the other needs to convey a negative or unfavourable impression.

Both descriptions must contain only factual details and must describe exactly the same scene from the same location at the same time. This means that you cannot just change the facts like making the weather cloudy instead of sunny; your descriptive words need to do the work for you. Length: combined total of 300 to 400 words.

You can start with either the positive or negative paragraph, but remember, you do not want to just substitute antonyms, or opposite words, when writing from the opposite angle. You want to step back from the scene, so to speak, and visualize how aspects of what you are experiencing or witnessing would appear to someone who did not feel the same way you do.

You need to submit this assignment to your instructor for marking. (2.5%)

Assignment 1 shows you that changing your wording even slightly can completely change the impact or effect. This exercise also showed you an example of subjective writing—something that is writer centred often based on the writer’s sensory perceptions or emotions.

We have also talked about how the reader’s angle of vision may differ from the writer’s, and since there are no facts to give the reader a solid and believable perspective, the reader could be unconvinced. Now, we will look at an objective, or quantifiable, factual/scientific, example of the same type of passage.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.11

This exercise will show you how simple changes in word choice and a writer using a lot of personal opinion will impact the reader. Look at the two passages below then answer the questions.

Objective passage

On the morning of Saturday, June 10, I decided to visit the beach. The sky was clear with no clouds visible in the sky. I arrived at the beach at about 12:30, and it was already quite warm. I had to drive with the windows open, and it read 25C on the car’s temperature display. Just before getting out of the car, I remembered to grab my 30 SPF sunscreen because I got burned so badly last year, and I do not want to experience that blistering again this year. In front of me, there were five children who were about six years old playing in the foot-high waves; it looked like their parents were sitting watching them carefully from about four metres away probably just in case the waves got too high and they needed to dash to their children quickly. I chose a spot 10 metres to the right away from a group of young people, maybe 16 years old, playing volleyball, close enough to watch them having fun but far away enough to not get hit by any stray balls. These teenagers must have been playing just for fun because it seemed like someone missed every second ball, and the entire group started laughing when they did. Thankfully I wore my sandals, so I could feel the warmth of the sand between my toes but protect my feet in case the sand got too hot.

Questions

How is this passage different from the subjective examples in Self-Practice Exercise 2.10?
What evidence beyond sensory perceptions and personal opinion does the writer provide?
Is the passage more positive or negative? Does it discuss both good and bad things? What is different about how the different perspectives are presented?

In the passage above, the writer has presented both positive and negative situations, but the language she used is neutral and without judgment. The writer has linked bad past experiences and put a positive spin on them or was able to see possible negatives but also present solutions. She also provided enough detail (measurements, temperatures, distances, etc.) to present a more complete description, so the reader could visualize where everyone was situated in the scene, how hot it was, how high the waves were. Essentially, the writer presented a complete, unemotional, and objective perspective that is supported by quantifiable evidence.

2.5 Reading Comprehension Techniques

Learning Objectives

  • Recognize patterns and identify key words to differentiate between main and supporting ideas
  • Apply pattern identification words to reinforce understanding of main ideas
  • Make inferences from implied information

In the last chapter, we looked at ways to approach reading to help you understand, process, analyze, synthesize, and, ultimately, remember information better. In this chapter, we will take this a step further by developing your skills in how to understand the material you read by helping you to distinguish the main ideas in a passage from the more specific supporting details. One way to do this is to recognize patterns, which will help you organize your thinking in systematic ways that parallel the presentation in the source. Key terms for such patterns are:

  • Main/controlling ideas (located in topic sentences)
  • Key details (located within paragraphs)
  • Patterns (form the structure of the paragraph or section)
  • Inferences (are not usually written and must be concluded by the reader)

Many people read to remember everything and do not distinguish between key concepts, key supporting details, positions relative to these concepts, and inferences that can be drawn. Creating a road map with these highlights helps you both to understand and to remember what you read. This section includes a few exercises to practise identifying the main and supporting ideas in passages representing the different patterns.

Reading for Main Ideas and Details

Creating or identifying main ideas is like creating a skeleton that holds all the rest of the information together—creating a body. Key facts are like muscles. The point of view and its implications are like the blood that gives life to the body. Some main ideas are directly stated; others are implied, and you must infer a statement yourself. When you read, you can identify the main idea of a paragraph, section, chapter, or book by asking yourself the following questions:

  • What is the topic or subject matter? What/who is this about?
  • What am I supposed to understand about this? (This is the idea about the topic.)
  • Are there any sentences that help clarify what I am supposed to understand about the topic? (Often the first or last sentence will state the main idea.)
  • How do I know for sure? All the important information in the paragraph is covered by the main idea sentence. Does it help me to understand what is being said about the topic?

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.12

Read the three passages below and identify the main idea in each. With the first two examples, the controlling idea is directly stated. Identify the main idea in both (expressed in the topic sentence).

In the third passage, the main idea in the third passage is implied: choose the statement from the list given that best represents the entire paragraph and then explain why the other three statements do not work.

Passage 1: Identify the main idea in this paragraph.

When we think about it, is there really something that we can call “the public”? The population of communities is really made up of a set of publics. The needs and interests of a population are uniform on only the broadest matters, such as health and the security of the person and his or her property. Beyond those very broad areas of policy, needs and interests differ, sometimes very markedly, and sometimes in ways that cause conflict between competing interests. It is highly unlikely that diverse needs or interests of all groups or individuals can all be satisfied at the same time. Thus, industrial firms that produce hazardous wastes may need sites to dispose of such undesirable by-products. Such firms can be thought of as one “public.” and it is apparent that their need will conflict with the interests of another public—the people who live near the proposed disposal site.

Main idea:

__________________________________________________________________

Passage 2: Identify the main idea in this paragraph.
Marketing research is a major component or subsystem within a marketing information system. It is used in a very wide variety of marketing situations. Typically, in a marketing research study the problem to be solved is first identified. Then a researcher decides whether to use secondary or primary sources of information. To gather primary data, the researcher may use the survey, observation, or experimental method. Normally, primary data are gathered by sampling. Then the data are analyzed, and a written report is prepared.

Main idea:

__________________________________________________________________

Passage 3: Identify the implied main point in this paragraph.

According to psychiatrist Richard Moscotti, the ability to work well is one key to a balanced life. He feels both underworking and overworking are to be avoided. A second key is the ability to love, which requires a certain amount of openness. The ability to be loved is the third key to a balanced life. This is difficult for those who feel unworthy of love. The last key is the ability to play, which involves knowing how to relax.

Main idea:

  • The first key to a balanced life, according to Moscotti, is the ability to work well.
  • According to Moscotti, some people having trouble receiving love.
  • The final key to a balanced life, according to Moscotti, is the ability to play.
  • According to Moscotti, there are four keys to a balanced life.

State why the other three answers are not the unstated main idea.

Reasons:

  • _____________________________________________________________
  • _____________________________________________________________
  • _____________________________________________________________

Here are the answers:

Passage 1 main idea: The population of communities is really made up of a set of publics.
Passage 2 main Idea:
Marketing research is a major component or subsystem within a marketing information system.
Passage 3 main idea (implied): According to psychiatrist Richard Moscotti, the ability to work well is one key to a balanced life (main elements: psychiatrist, R.M., four keys, balanced life).

D is the answer: The unstated main idea is that, according to Moscotti, there are four keys to a balanced life.
A: Too detailed to be the main idea; it expresses just one key
B: A detail of the third key
C: Too detailed to be the main idea; it is only one of four keys

Examples taken from: Langan, J. & Kay, G. (1989). Ten Steps to Building College Reading Skills. Marlton, NJ: Townsend Press.

How did you do? Were you able to identify which were the more general statements from the supporting details? Most of the time, the topic sentence (= the controlling/main idea) is at or near the beginning of the paragraph, but sometimes it is not. Always remember that when identifying the topic sentence, all of the other ideas in that paragraph need to be an example or detail relating to that main point. If one of the ideas does not fit, either you have chosen a statement or idea that is too specific (or the writer did not create a strong topic sentence in the paragraph). When we look at creating paragraphs and topic sentences in the next chapter, you will learn what creates a strong topic sentence, and this will help you with identifying them in the future.

Reading for Patterns

Depending on the writer’s purpose and the information being shared, there are four general groupings by which information is organized:

  • Definitions, details, and illustrations
  • Time sequences, process descriptions, experiment/instructions, and simple listing
  • Comparison and contrast
  • Cause and effect

Reading for Key Details

Some details are more important than others in explaining, supporting, or developing the main idea. Others are further illustrations of details.

Table 2.2: Key Words for Identifying Idea Patterns shows key words you can use to help you identify patterns with ideas in relation to the four groupings listed above. Whichever words from whichever group are used, they will help the reader follow the logical organization of the material.

Purpose

Key Words

Definitions, details, and Illustrations

Usually when you see these, a definition or concept preceded it.

  • for example
  • for instance
  • as an illustration
  • to illustrate
  • such as
  • to be specific
  • specifically
  • including one

Time sequence, process description, experiment/instructions, simple listing

Some of these can be used to both show sequence in time and ideas.

Time order Additive listing

first, second, third, etc.

then, since, next, before, after, as soon as, now, until, later, while, during, when, finally

  • also, another, and, in addition, moreover, next, first of all, first, second, furthermore, last of all, finally

Compare and contrast

Compare Contrast
  • similarly
  • similar to
  • just as with
  • in comparison
  • likewise
  • like
  • liken
  • both
  • compared to
  • in the same way
  • in a similar fashion
  • on the other hand
  • conversely
  • rather
  • on the contrary
  • but
  • however
  • alternatively
  • differ
  • instead of
  • in contrast to
  • despite
  • nevertheless

Cause and effect

  • thus
  • because
  • because of
  • causes
  • as a result
  • results in
  • result
  • affects
  • therefore
  • since
  • leads to
  • brings about
  • consequently

Table 2.2: Key Words for Identifying Idea Patterns categorizes key words that can help you identify main and supporting ideas when you are reading. You will also need to apply these throughout the rest of the chapters when developing sentences, paragraphs, and essays. In Chapter 12: Final Revisions and Peer Review, we will look at the punctuation that you need to use with these words.

The next exercises will give you opportunities to practise identifying the main and key ideas in paragraphs.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.13

Survey, read, and identify the main points and key details in this paragraph.

Eidetic imagery is the technical term for what most people know as photographic memory. People with eidetic imagery can recall every detail of a memory as clearly as if they were looking at a photograph. People often wish they had this ability, but it can lead to trouble. For example, a law student with eidetic imagery was accused of cheating on an examination because his test paper contained exactly the words in his textbook. To prove his innocence, he studied an unfamiliar passage for five minutes and then wrote down more than 400 words from it without making a mistake.

Here are the answers:
Main term:
eidetic imagery
Definition: photographic memory
Details: can recall every detail of a memory as clearly as if they were looking at a paragraph
Example: a law student with eidetic imagery was accused of cheating on an examination because his test paper contained exactly the words in his textbook.
Example taken from: Langan, J. & Kay, G. (1989). Ten Steps to Building College Reading Skills. Marlton, NJ: Townsend Press.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.14

Highlight the several effects caused by the condition described.

Suffering from debilitating guilt causes many self-defeating behaviours in adulthood. We see adults submitting to the outrageous demands of partners or employers. We see individuals who appear to be constantly angry and then, almost immediately, guilty. We see adults who have felt lifelong depression. The rage felt when shamed in childhood and when suffering from debilitating shame in adulthood is turned against the self because of the dependency on the other for survival. When we are rejected in adulthood by a mate or lover, the feelings we experience are anger at being rejected. Furthermore, if we suffer from debilitating shame, we have not been able to gain autonomy. We continue to feel dependent upon attachment figures. It is from them, from their feelings, attitudes and opinions of us, that we feel worthwhile. To be angry at someone depended upon for survival causes us enormous guilt. Anger is redirected on the vulnerable self. We become trapped in a circular bind of shame, anger, anxiety, guilt, and depression.

Here are the answers:

  • childhood shame
  • rage
  • anger turned against self out of guilt
  • dependence on others opinions of us for worth
  • rejection or outrageous demands from partners or employers
  • anger
  • guilt
  • anger turned against self, resulting in depression

Example taken from: Middleton-Moz, J. (1990). Shame & Guilt: Masters of Disguise. Deerfield Beach, FL: Health Communications Inc., p.62.

Reading for Implications/Inferences: Tracing a Theme to its Conclusion

The methods of recognizing patterns discussed above are concrete and easy to identify. Inferences, on the other hand, are more subtle. When a writer implies something, he or she is giving hints but does not state the point directly. Think about a time, for example, when you had people visiting you at home; it was late, and you wanted them to leave. Did you ask them directly, “Hey, can you leave now”? Probably not, but you may have hinted that you had to wake up early in the morning, or you may have subtly yawned. Hopefully, those people picked up on your cues and inferred it was time to leave: meaning they put the pieces together to arrive at the conclusion you wanted them to leave, yet you did not say it directly.

When a writer does this, the reader may not actually pick up on the hints or maybe even interpret them differently. Sometimes readers make inferences that are based more on their own preferences and experience than on the information provided. This also means that two readers may interpret the same information differently because of differing individual experiences that led them to arrive at their conclusions. For you as a writer, you need to remember that it is your responsibility to give the readers everything they need in order for them to arrive at the conclusions you want them to make. If you are not direct, readers may be left confused or not catch your point.

There are also times that you as a reader will need to read passages requiring you to make inferences. The next exercises will help you to practise reading for inference. Remember, if your answers are different than the ones given, it means you interpreted the information differently and may have missed the author’s point. In these passages, you can also use a process of elimination and ask yourself statement best completes the passage.

Self-practice EXERCISE 2.15

Read each passage and choose the answer that best completes the thought of the passage. Think about why the other answers would not be a correct conclusion to the passage.

Check your answers against the key at the bottom of the exercise. If you missed an answer, look back and try to figure out why. What clues did you focus on? What did you miss?

  • To a manufacturer, the wages paid to employees are a large portion of production expenses. The fact that wages also determine the buying power of the consumer is sometimes overlooked. In times of overproduction, the manufacturer tries to lower operating costs by decreasing the number of employees. This reduces expenditures of money in wages, but it also:
  • maintains the status quo
  • increases population
  • raises costs
  • reduces consumption
  • Totally new cities that will be built in the future may be better planned than the large cities that already exist. Old cities were not properly planned for the great growth in population and industry that they have had, and many are in the process of tearing down and rebuilding large sections. This process is helping to improve some old cities—both large and small ones—but it does not give them the choice of complete city designing that will be available to:
  • richer cities
  • larger cities
  • foreign cities
  • new cities
  • The director of this company believes that there is a growing awareness by management that business corporations are, and should be, guided by policies that are designed to satisfy human needs as well as material needs, and that there is nothing inconsistent between this and the making of:
  • educational opportunities for workers
  • good and satisfying profits
  • political enemies in some quarters
  • better opportunities for workers
  • Knowledge and pleasure are inextricably interlocked. It is impossible for us to learn what we do not enjoy, and we cannot enjoy that which does not impart:
  • a lesson
  • a novelty
  • a practical use
  • strong emotion
  • Oratory is to be best estimated on different principles from those that are applied to other productions. Truth is the object of philosophy and history. The merit of poetry is in its truth even though the truth is understood only through the imagination, which is aroused by poetry. The object of oratory is not truth but persuasion. A speaker who exhausts the whole philosophy of a question, who displays every grace of style, yet produces no effect on an audience, may be a great essayist, a great politician, a great master of composition, but:
  • essentially a persuader
  • not a poet
  • essentially an orator
  • not an orator

Here are the answers:
1. D
2. D
3. B
4. A
5. D

Exercises taken from: Science Research Associates. (1978). Reading for Comprehension Exercises. SRA Achievement Series. Chicago: Science Research Associates.

Check back if you missed any of the answers in this self-exercise. In which instances did you read into the passages your ideas when selecting an answer versus what is stated in the passage?

In the next chapter, we will practise taking these main ideas and supporting ideas and put them into our own words, or paraphrase, to compose summaries which are very useful not only for remembering and studying information before tests but also for looking at sources and incorporating the information in them into your essays—essentially providing backing evidence to make your arguments more convincing.

Journal entry #2

Write a paragraph or two responding to the following.

What did you notice about your writing style? Do you write more subjectively or objectively? Did you find that you struggled with one perspective or angle of vision over the other? What do you think you need to work on in regards to this?

Which, if any, of the spelling and word choice issues do think you will have to focus on throughout the semester and in your writing in general?

Reflect on the goals you set in Chapter 1. Is there anything you would like to add or already feel more confident with doing?

Remember as mentioned in the Assessment Descriptions in your syllabus:

  • You will be expected to respond to the questions by reflecting on and discussing your experiences with the week’s material.
  • When writing your journals, you should focus on freewriting—writing without (overly) considering formal writing structures—but you want to remember that it will be read by the instructor, who needs to be able to understand your ideas.
  • Your instructor will be able to see if you have completed this entry by the end of the week but will not read all of the journals until week 6.


На основании Вашего запроса эти примеры могут содержать грубую лексику.


На основании Вашего запроса эти примеры могут содержать разговорную лексику.

правильные слова

правильных слов

нужных слов

нужные слова

подходящие слова

правильные термины


Even the most correct words will not work if the worshiper has lost faith and hope.



Даже самые правильные слова не сработают, если молящаяся потеряла веру и надежду.


I believe that’s the correct words.


Every time on the way initially good and correct words appeared to be insurmountable obstacles.



Каждый раз на пути изначально благих и правильных слов возникали непреодолимые преграды.


You say so many correct words.


Other symptoms that happen afterwards are nausea, problems finding the correct words, concentration problems, and frequent yawning.



Другие симптомы, которые проявляются позже, это тошнота, проблемы с поиском нужных слов, с концентрацией и частое зевание.


Why couldn’t she pick the correct words?


If your friend has problems, you should find correct words to motivate and help them believe in themselves and their abilities.



Если у вашего подруги проблемы, вы должны найти правильные слова, чтобы мотивировать и помочь ему поверить в себя и свои способности.


I struggled to find the correct words.


I think those are the correct words.


This implies SEO is currently more mind-boggling than simply adding the correct words to your duplicate.



Это означает, что SEO теперь более сложный, чем просто добавление правильных слов к вашей копии.


short-term deterioration of memory, which leads to problems with the organization of thoughts and the search for correct words



кратковременное ухудшение памяти, что приводит к проблемам с организацией мыслей и поиском правильных слов


loss of normal speech (for example difficulty finding the correct words to say)



потеря нормальной речи (например, трудно найти правильные слова, чтобы сказать)


Difficulty in finding the correct words to describe a situation


Faith must be by knowledge and free will and based upon firm conviction in the heart, followed by the testimony of correct words and good deeds.



Вера должна быть по знаниям и свободной воле, на основе твердого убеждения в сердце, после чего следуют правильные слова и добрые деяния.


On the one hand, the president said many correct words.


Nowadays it’s so hard to find correct words that can melt the ice in the hearts of those who’re still indifferent to the sufferings of weak and unprotected creatures.



В наше время так трудно найти правильные слова, которые могут растопить лёд в сердцах тех, кто всё ещё равнодушен к страданиям слабых и беззащитных животных.


The logic for ranking in the news box is more «simple structured» than general search results, which is essential to use correct words and word combinations.



Логика рейтинга в ленте новостей скорее «просто структурирована», она не соотносится с обычными результатами поиска, что делает важным использование правильных слов и словосочетаний.


Developing situational(contextual) thinking. Learning vocabulary for specific real world situations allows for easier and faster extraction of correct words and speech constructions when students find themselves in similar situations in real life.



Развитие ситуативного мышления, запоминание лексики под конкретные жизненные ситуации обеспечивает более лёгкое и быстрое извлечение нужных слов и речевых конструкций когда ученик попадает в схожую ситуацию в реальном мире.


But her actions do not matter — the young man’s eyes have become lifeless, and neither the correct words from others, nor a trip to the mountains with his parents can remove him from his depressed state.



Но она могла бы этого и не делать — огонёк в глазах юноши уже погас, и ни правильные слова со стороны окружающих, ни туристическая поездка в горы с родителями не могут вывести его из угнетённого состояния.


The game is quite simple, you have a letter that you have to sort to get the correct words and these in turn will help you to decipher the final key.



Игра очень проста, у вас есть письмо, которое вы должны приказать, чтобы получить правильные слова и они в свою очередь, поможет вам расшифровать окончательный ключ.

Ничего не найдено для этого значения.

Результатов: 74. Точных совпадений: 74. Затраченное время: 115 мс

Documents

Корпоративные решения

Спряжение

Синонимы

Корректор

Справка и о нас

Индекс слова: 1-300, 301-600, 601-900

Индекс выражения: 1-400, 401-800, 801-1200

Индекс фразы: 1-400, 401-800, 801-1200

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Correct word usage in a sentence
  • Correct word spell check
  • Correct word order worksheets
  • Correct word order practice
  • Correct word order in english grammar